Home

Advanced Report Writer - Help Centers

1. Mem Name Format 1 Mr John Smith Jr Mem Mem Name Format 1 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl Mem Name Format 10 maiden name Mem Mem Name Format 10 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat10 Mem Name Format 11 Jack s Mem Mem Name Format 11 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatll Mem Name Format 2 Mr Jack Smith Jr Mem Mem Name Format 2 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat2 Mem Name Format 3 SMITH JR John Mem Mem Name Format 3 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat3 Mem Name Format 4 Mr Smith Mem Mem Name Format 4 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat4 Mem Name Format 5 John Mem Mem Name Format 5 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat5 Mem Name Format 6 nickname Mem Mem Name Format 6 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat6 Mem Name Format 7 Smith Jr Mem Mem Name Format 7 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat7 Mem Name Format 8 Mr Mem Mem Name Format 8 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat8 Mem Name Format 9 Jack Smith Mem Mem Name Format 9 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat9 Mem Name Mem Mem Name PDSDMData MemTbl Name Mem Nickname Mem Mem Nickname PDSDMData MemTbl Nickname Mem Occupation Mem Mem Occupation PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW3 Mem Oldest Child Mem Mem Oldest Child PDSDMData MemTbl OldestChild Mem Phone List Mem Mem Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl PhoneList Mem Picture Mem Mem Pic
2. Fund Totals Grand Total Gifts Fund Totals Grand Total Gifts FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalGifts Fund Totals Grand Total Non Cash F Fund Totals Grand Total Non Cash FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalNonCash Fund Totals Grand Total Non Ded Fund Totals Grand Total Non Ded FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalNonDed Fund Totals Grand Total Paid Fund Totals Grand Total Paid FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalPaid Fund Totals Grand Total Pledged 1 Fund Totals Grand Total Pledged FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalPledged Fund Totals Grand Total Refund E Fund Totals Grand Total Refund FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalRefund Fund Totals Grand Total Total Paid F Fund Totals Grand Total Total Paid FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalTotalPaid Fund Totals Has Quid Pro Quo Fund Totals Has Quid Pro Quo FundTotalsTbl HasQuidProQuo Fund Totals Lastest Payment Date Fund Totals Lastest Payment Date FundTotalsTbl LastestPaymentDate Fund Totals Payment Percentage Fund Totals Payment Percentage FundTotalsTbl PaymentPercentage Fund Totals Progress Index F F Progress Index ProgressIndex Fund Totals Progress Pct Amt F Progress Pct Amt ProgressPctAmt Fund Totals Progress Pct Time F Progress Pct Time ProgressPctTime Fund Totals Recap Balance Recap Balance RecapBalance Fund Totals Recap Credit Recap Credit RecapCredit Fund
3. PDSDMData REClassTeaTbl Position Class Date Attendance Required ClassDate Class Date Attendance Required PDSDMData REClassDateTbl AttnRequired Class Date Class Meets ClassDate Class Date Class Meets PDSDMData REClassDateTbl ClassMeets Class Date Date ClassDate Class Date Date PDSDMData REClassDateTbl ClassDate Class Date Note ClassDate Class Date Note PDSDMData REClassDateTbl Note Contact Address is Certified Contact Contact Address is Certified PDSDMData MemREContTbl AddressCertified Contact Address Contact Contact Address PDSDMData MemREContTbl Address Contact Address Block Contact Contact Address Block PDSDMData MemREContTbl AddressBlock Contact Carrier Route Contact Contact Carrier Route PDSDMData MemREContTbl CarrierRoute Contact City Contact Contact City PDSDMData MemREContTbl City Contact Date Address Certified Contact Contact Date Address Certified PDSDMData MemREContTbl AddressCertDate Contact Date Address Changed Contact Contact Date Address Changed PDSDMData MemREContTbl AddressChanged Contact DP Contact Contact DP PDSDMData MemREContTbl DP Contact E Mail Contact Contact E Mail PDSDMData MemREContTbl EMail Contact Formal Sal Contact Contact Formal Sal PDSDMData MemREContTbl FormalSal Contact Informal Sal Contact Contact Informal Sal PDSDMData Me
4. Fam Phone Number S UNDE pog 3 4 Phone Number PhoneTbl Number 10 34 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Fam Phone Type FamPhone Fam Phone Type PDSDMData FamPhoneTbl PhoneType Fam Phone Unlisted FamPhone Fam Phone Unlisted PDSDMData FamPhoneTbl Unlisted Fund Fund Keyword 1 Fund Fund Fund Keyword 1 PDSDMData FamFundTbl Keywordl Fund Fund Keyword 2 Fund Fund Fund Keyword 2 PDSDMData FamFundTbl Keyword2 Fund Fund Number Fund Fund Fund Number PDSDMData FamFundTbl FDFund Fund Fund Year Fund Fund Fund Year PDSDMData FamFundTbl FDYear Fund Fund Identifier Fund Fund Fund Identifier PDSDMData FamFundTbl FundIdentifier Fund Bill Address Line 1 FundBill Fund Bill Address Line 1 PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Address1 Fund Bill Address Line 2 FundBill Fund Bill Address Line 2 PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Address2 Fund Bill Address Block FundBill Fund Bill Address Block PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl AddressBlock Fund Bill C O a Member FundBill Fund Bill C O a Member PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl COMember Fund Bill Carrier Route FundBill Fund Bill Carrier Route PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Carrie
5. eywords Description eywords Keywords Description PDSDMData MemKWTbl Description Letter Date Letter Letter Date PDSDMData MemLetTbl Date Letter Description Letter Letter Description PDSDMData MemLetTbl Name Letter Note Letter Letter Note PDSDMData MemLetTbl Note Letter Type Letter Letter Type PDSDMData MemLetTbl Type Mem Age Mem Mem Age PDSDMData MemTbl Age Mem Confidential Remarks Mem Mem Confidential Remarks PDSDMData MemTbl ConfRemarks Mem Current Informal Sal Mem Mem Current Informal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentInformalSal Mem Date Changed Mem Mem Date Changed PDSDMData MemTbl DateChanged Mem Date Created Mem Mem Date Created PDSDMData MemTbl DateCreated Mem Date of Birth Mem Mem Date of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl DateOfBirth Mem Day of Birth Mem Mem Day of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl DayOfBirth Mem Deceased Mem Mem Deceased PDSDMData MemTbl Deceased Mem Different Last Name Mem Mem Different Last Name PDSDMData MemTbl DifLastName Mem Disability Mem Mem Disability PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW2 Mem Ethnicity Mem Mem Ethnicity PDSDMData MemTbl Ethnicity Mem Family Name Mem Mem Family Name PDSDMData MemTbl FamilyName Mem Fam Unigue ID Mem Mem Fam Unigue ID PDSDMData MemTbJl FamRecNum Mem First Name Mem Mem First Name PDSDMData MemTbl FirstName Mem Formal Sal Mem Mem Formal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl FormalSal Mem Formal
6. System System variables are fields such as date and time that can be added to your Variables EE report with the System Variable button System Variables Denon Preview A Sj m E ud Ca m Once a system Date variable object is ec N dded choose what SELTENE ame added choc PrintDateTime kind of variable from PageCount the input box PageSet PageSetDesc PageNo PageNoDesc Time You can change the format of the variable by right clicking on the object and Display Format choosing DisplayFormat This will San provide a list of display options for that system variable mnm dd yy mm dd yyyy d mmm yy dd mmm yy mmmm d yyyy md mmm yy mmmm yy Fig 2 8 2 4 Report Basics Advanced Report Writer Variables Variables are numeric or string calculations that do not exist elsewhere in the data or in the system variables Variables are used to create values from other values or fields For example a directory listing usually has the first letter of the last name at the top ofthe column That letter is a variable calculated from the name Variable HM Design Preview Boolean JAB ir 5 23 Gd amp Qu th E Once a variable is Date added choose what type Time String zi of variable from the DateTime input box Integer Single Double Extended Currency Char String You can set the calculation of the variable by right clicking on the object
7. Fig 2 28 10 Click on Preview The report should look something like this Design Preview amp mum 0z wal Owner Name Report Title 1 Van Loon Jeff Jeane M M P O Box 322 602 278 9932 Home Peoria AZ 85338 602 344 2334 Cell 602 395 4324 Unl Alternate a Addr jjvanloon yahoo com 2 Harcourt Elizabeth Mrs 8745 N Forest Grove Ln 602 846 1937 Unl Home Aspen co 81611 303 925 2222 Alternate Addr 3 Schmid Jeffrey Lenore M M 5827 W Missouri Ave 602 238 3928 Home Peoria AZ 85329 2904 602 238 9332 Fax Fig 2 29 Report Basics e 2 17 Notes 2 18 e Report Basics Advanced Report Writer 3 Sub reports Groups and Regions Adding a Sub report Advanced Report Writer Overview This chapter will discuss sub reports and their properties groups and regions A sub report is a report within a report for example a list of families with each family showing a list of its members The family list would be the main report and the member list would be a sub report A group is a workspace designation that is used to keep everything in the Detail section printed together on a page A region 1s a group of objects that are boxed together and handled as a unit Everything in the region does as the region does For example if the region is Visible then all objects in the region are Visible if the region is not visible the objects within the region are not visible Sub repor
8. MemKWRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum MinDescRec StatusDescRec StartDate EndDate MinDescRec Description Newltem 1 1 Member Sacraments DescRec Description Newltem DescRecl DescRec2 DescRec3 DescRec4 DescRec5 MemDateRecNum MemRecNum OrderNum Date DescRec Status AddlStatus DatePlaceRecNum Place Address1 MemRecNum FamRecNum CityState Name Zip RelDescRec EMail MemberType EMailOverMail EnvelopeKey SacRecNum UserlDescRec SacAskRec User2DescRec SacMemRec User3DescRec DA SacMemDateRec User4DescRec Extralnfo User5DescRec PerformedBy SponsorDescRec User6DescRec ConfNotes Description GenNotes Newltem SponsorRecNum Order AskRecNum SacRecNum AskMemNum Name MotherName MothersMaiden MailingName FormalSal FatherName InformalSal BirthPlace SponsorDescRec DateCreated Address DateChanged CityRec ZipCode Phone 1 1 Member Religious Ed Links REEnrRec MemRENum MemRecNum MemRec REEnrDate UserRemark1 REEnrYear UserRemark2 GradeDescRec UserRemark3 Newltem UserRemark4 REVolRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum MemRecNum VolDescRec FamRecNum VolNote Name RelDescRec MemberType EnvelopeKey UserlDescRec User2DescRec User3DescRec User4DescRec DaysAbsent User5DescRec DaysPresent User6DescRec Passing MemREShdRec MemRecNum OrderNum REClassRecNum MemREPermRec MemRecNum PRYear GradeDescRec PRTeacher SessionName P
9. Sac Baptism Addl Status ptism Addl Status emSacLookTbl Date Addl Sac Baptism Baptismal Name ptism Baptismal Name M emSacLookTbl DatelExtra Sac Baptism Date t ptism Date emSacLookTbl DatelDate Sac Baptism Day of Baptism S ptism Day of Baptism M emSacLookTbl DatelDayOfDatel Sac Baptism Month Num of Baptism s ptism Month Num of Baptism emSacLookTbl DatelMonthNumofDatel Sac Baptism Month of Baptism jS ptism Month of Baptism emSacLookTbl Date MonthofDatel Sac Baptism Notes 1S ptism Notes emSacLookTbl Date Notes Sac Baptism Performed By S ptism Performed By M emSacLookTbl DatelPerformedBy Sac Baptism Performed ptism Performed emSacLookTbl DatelPerf Sac Baptism Place s ptism Place emSacLookTbl Date PlaceBlock Sac Baptism Sponsor List S ptism Sponsor List emSacLookTbl DatelSponsorList Sac Baptism Status ptism Status MemSacLookTbl DatelStatus oJs o sol lt o sol s s M S OS OS OS o i lt o 10 40 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Sac Baptism Year of Baptism Sac Sac Baptism Year of Baptism PDSDMData MemSacLo
10. The list of categories and fields is the same as that for Listing reports and can be found the User s Manual Data fields are the objects that get information from the program and display it in the report For example if you wanted to show the member s name baptism date and sponsors you would add a data field for each choosing Mem Mem Name Sac Baptism Date and Sac Baptism Sponsor List The data itself is usually larger than the object size created You can right click on the object and choose Autosize to set the object size to be the same as whatever data is displayed If the data field normally has a special format such as dates and phone numbers right click on the object and choose DisplayFormat to choose the appropriate format for the data A DBMemo object is the same as a DBText field only larger designed for ES fields that use multiple lines of text such as phone listings keywords and talent ministry lists Data A DBCalc field is used to count or total a data sensitive number field such as Calculations age or financial fields It is normally added to the Summary band of the workspace so that the program can calculate based on all of the data looped through in the Detail band Once the DBCalc Dass object 1s added 9 Preview choose the field A E dr 5 24 Gd c Qu l aAa Sn ae category and data field just like a stem M Mem Name DBText field This 1 SE
11. Ministries Start Date tries Ministries Start Date Data MemMinTbl StartDate Us E iei H Ministries Status tries Ministries Status Data MemMinTbl MinStatusName Us B lel H Other Req Date Req Other Req Date Data MemRegTbl RegDate DSD Other Reg Description Reg Other Reg Description uO Tw o S OS OIE OIRSKIE KIS HH IS HIS OIE IS OIE OES DSDMData MemReqTbl Description Other Req Note OtherReq Other Req Note PDSDMData MemRegTbl RegNote Other Reg Result Name OtherReq Other Reg Result Name PDSDMData MemRegTbl ResultName Phone Number hone Phone Number DSDMData MemPhoneTbl Number Phone Phone Type Phone Phone Phone Type PDSDMData MemPhoneTbl PhoneType Phone Unlisted Phone Phone Unlisted PDSDMData MemPhoneTbl Unlisted Sac lst Comm Addl Status Sac Sac 1st Comm Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Addl Sac lst Comm Date Sac Sac 1st Comm Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Date Sac lst Comm Day of 1st Comm Sac Sac 1st Comm Day of 1st Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4DayofDate4 Sac lst Comm Extra Info Sac Sac 1st Comm Extra Info PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Extra Sac lst Comm Month Num of lst Comm Sac Sac lst Comm Month Num of 1st Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4MonthNumofDate4 Sac lst C
12. N is the position of the new page Usually this is 3 This is useful if you need access to the page object 7 4 Adding and Accessing Screens Advanced Report Writer Screen Objects Advanced Report Writer These routines create objects and add them to the screen Before we can use any of these routines we must declare the objects we are going to have on the screen We declare the object we want to use in a var objects are TLMDAssistPage Tlabel TEdit TComboBox TDBDateBtn TDBAmount TDBPhone TCheckBox TRadioButton TRadioGroup TButton TPDSDBGrid statement at the top of the script Some common types of A Page on the wizard A Label on the screen A String edit field A String edit field with a pull down list A Date edit field with a button to bring up calendar It can be attached to a database field An Amount edit field with a button to bring up a calculator It can be attached to a database field A Phone edit field It can be attached to a database field A single check box with a captions A single radio button with a caption A set ofradio button grouped inside a box with a caption A simple button A grid that can attach to a database So for the example we have been creating we need a new page to the report wizard We need a couple of labels and three check boxes and 2 radio button groups This would be declared as var NewPagel PageLabel CNLabel FonCBYes SepPageCBYe
13. DM TmTbl ReissueOfOld Trn Reverse of Old Trn Trn Reverse of Old DM TmTbl ReverseOfOld Trn Special Hours Trn Trn Special Hours DM TrnTbl SpecialHours Trn Terms Trn Trn Terms DM TrnTbl Terms Trn Type Trn Trn Type DM TrnTbl Type Trn Type Short Trn Trn Type Short J M TrnTbl TypeShort Trn Vendor Abbr Trn Trn Vendor Abbr DM TrnTbl PayeeSourceAbbr Trn Vendor Name Trn Trn Vendor Name DM TrnTbl PayeeSourceName Trn Voided or Reversed Trn Trn Voided or Reversed DM TrnTbl VoidedOrReversed Trn Voided Trn Trn Voided M TrnTbl Voided Ven Abbr Ven Abbr VenTbl Abbr Ven Account Number Ven Account Number VenTbl CustomerAcctNum Ven Blank Ven Blank VenTbl Blank Ven Corrected Name Ven Corrected Name VenTbl CorrectedName Ven Date Changed Ven Date Changed VenTbl DateChanged Ven Date Created Ven Date Created VenTbl DateCreated Ven Date W9 Reguested Ven Date W9 Reguested VenTbl WOReguested Ven Discount Terms Ven Discount Terms VenTbl calcDiscountTerms Ven Doing Business as Name Ven Doing Business as Name VenTbl DBAName g lt ly lt o lt 9 lt o lt y lt 9 lt 9 lt o lt 9 lt o S8ES E8 28 SS 8 28 28 8E 8 Ven Federal ID Number Ven Federal ID Number M VenTbl FedID Ven ID Number
14. Fam Address Block Fam Fam Address Block PDSDMData FamTbl AddressBlock Fam Address Changed Fam Fam Address Changed PDSDMData FamTbl AddressChanged Fam All Member Names Fam Fam All Member Names PDSDMData FamTbl AllMemberNames Fam Alt Address Day to End Fam Fam Alt Address Day to End PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateEndDay Fam Alt Address Day to Start Fam Fam Alt Address Day to Start PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateStartDay Fam Alt Address Month to End Fam Fam Alt Address Month to End PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateEndMonth Fam Alt Address Month to Start Fam Fam Alt Address Month to Start PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateStartMonth Fam Alternate Address is Certified Fam Fam Alternate Address is Certified PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateCertified Fam Alternate Address Line 1 Fam Fam Alternate Address Line 1 PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateAddressl Fam Alternate Address Line 2 Fam Fam Alternate Address Line 2 PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateAddress2 Fam Alternate Carrier Route Fam Fam Alternate Carrier Route PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateCarrierRoute Fam Alternate DP Fam Fam Alternate DP PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateDP Fam Alternate E Mail Fam Fam Alternate E Mail PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateEMail Fam Alternate Zip Fam Fam Alternate Zip PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateZip Fam Alternate Address Block Fam Fam Alternate Address Block PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateAddressBlock Fam Alternate City Fam
15. Fam Mailing C O Name Fam Fam Mailing C O Name PDSDMData FamTbl MailingNameCO 1 Fam Mailing Carrier Route Fam Fam Mailing Carrier Route 2 PDSDMData FamTbl MailingCarrierRoute Fam Mailing DP Fam Fam Mailing DP T PDSDMData FamTbl MailingDP T Fam Mailing Zip Fam Fam Mailing Zip PDSDMData FamTbl MailingZip Fam Mailing Address Block Fam Fam Mailing Address Block gt PDSDMData FamTbl MailingAddressBlock 1 Fam Mailing City Fam Fam Mailing City PDSDMData FamTbl MailingCity Fam Mailing Name Fam Fam Mailing Name PDSDMData FamTbl CurrentMailingName Fam Mailing Name Block Fam Fam Mailing Name Block PDSDMData FamTbl MailingNameBlock Fam Member Names Fam Fam Member Names PDSDMData FamTbl MemberNames Fam Name Format Mr amp Mrs John Smith Fam Fam Name Format 1 Jr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl Fam Name Format 10 nickname of head Fam Fam Name Format 10 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat10 Fam Name Format 11 nickname of spouse Fam Fam Name Format 11 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatll Fam Name Format 12 Jack amp Dot Fam Fam Name Format 12 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl2 T Fam Name Format 13 John amp Mary Smith Fam Fam Name Format 13 Jr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl3 Fam Name Format 2 Mr amp Mrs John amp Mary Fam Fam Name Format 2 Smi
16. M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth17 Totals Budget for Month 18 otals Totals Budget for Month 18 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth18 Totals Budget for Month 19 otals Totals Budget for Month 19 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth19 Totals Budget for Month 2 o tals Totals Budget for Month 2 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth2 Totals Budget for Month 20 otals Totals Budget for Month 20 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth20 Totals Budget for Month 21 otals Totals Budget for Month 21 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth21 Totals Budget for Month 22 o tals Totals Budget for Month 22 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth22 Totals Budget for Month 23 otals Totals Budget for Month 23 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth23 Totals Budget for Month 24 otals Totals Budget for Month 24 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth24 Totals Budget for Month 25 otals Totals Budget for Month 25 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth25 alg 3 S 3 O alg ul AS U 9099090049499 409909 9009049419 219 419 S 3 U Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 67 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Totals Budget for Month 26 Totals Totals Budget for Month 26 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth26 Totals Budget for Month 27 otals Totals Budget for Month 27 M CoaTotalsTbl Budge
17. Student Youngest Child Data MemTbl YoungestChild e M e M Talents End Date n Talents End Date MData MemTalTbl EndDate Talents Start Date nts Talents Start Date MData MemTalTbl StartDate Talents Status n Talents Status MData MemTalTbl TalStatusName Talents Talent nts Talents Talent MData MemTalTbl TalName Volunteer Note nteer Volunteer Note MData MemREVolTbl VolNote Volunteer Volunteer Area nteer Volunteer Volunteer Area M Data MemREVolTbl VolunteerArea 10 46 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Aged 30 Days Amount Aged Aged 30 Days Amount M SourceAgedTbl Aged30DaysAmt Aged 30 Days Amount ged Aged 30 Days Amount M VenAgedTbl Aged30DaysAmt Aged 30 Days Number ged Aged 30 Days Number M SourceAgedTbl Aged30DaysNum Aged 30 Days Number ged Aged 30 Days Number M VenAgedTbl Aged30DaysNum Aged 60 Days Amount ged Aged 60 Days Amount M SourceAgedTbl Aged60DaysAmt Aged 60 Days Amount ged Aged 60 Days Amount M VenAgedTbl Aged60DaysAmt Aged 60 Days Number ged Aged 60 Days Number M SourceAgedTbl Aged60DaysNum Aged 60 Days Number ged
18. 1 2 SchedRecNum TeaRecNum DayOrOrder Period RoomDescRec TimeDescRec Newltem RoomDescRec Description Newltem PeriodRecNum ClassRecNum Day Period RoomDescRec TimeDescRec TeacherRec SubjectDescRec SubjectDescRec School Links UnderGradRecNum MemRecNum Year College Major Minor Degree Newltem GradRecNum MemRecNum Year College SchTeaRecNum Major MemRecNum Minor FamRecNum Degree PositionDescRec Newltem RoomDescRec SSNumber DateHired CurrentSalary PriorEmployment ActualExp CredRecNum CreditedService OrderNum HighestDegree TeaRecNum CredentialsFor ExpDate Comments MemKWRecNum OrderNum SchClassRecNum MemRecNum Name DescRec Inactive ProgNum DateChanged Skip FirstClassDate ProgNum DescRec Description Newltem 1 1 FamKWRecNum OrderNum FamRecNum DescRec ProgNum PositionDescRec Description Newltem DescRec Description Newltem FEdRecNum TeaRecNum CourseDescRec FEdDate FamRecNum Hours ParKey Newltem SchKey REKey Name AreaNumber StreetAddress1 StreetAddress2 StreetCityRec StreetZip StreetChanged StreetLot MemRecNum GradeDescRec FamRecNum Description Name Newltem RelDescRec OrderNum MemberType EnvelopeKey User1DescRec User2DescRec User3DescRec User4DescRec User5DescRec SchEnrRec MemRecNum SchEnr
19. DM RcvTbl Batch Rev Cash Account Number Rev Rev Cash Account Number DM RcvTbl CashAcctNum Rcv Date Changed Rcv Rcv Date Changed DM RcvTbl DateChanged Rev Date Created cv Rcv Date Created M RcvTbl DateCreated Rcv Date cv Rcv Date M RcvTbl TDate Rcv Income Source Abbr cv Rcv Income Source Abbr M RcvTbl PayeeSourceAbbr Rcv Income Source cv Rcv Income Source M RcvTbl PayeeSourceName Rcv Is Reconciled cv Rcv Is Reconciled M RcvTbl IsReconciled Rcv Marked cv Rcv Marked M RcvTbl Marked Rcv Notes cv Rcv Notes M RcvTbl Memo RcvOTV cv Rcv O T V M RcvTbl OTV Rcv Partial Payment cv Rcv Partial Payment M RcvTbl PartialPayment Rcv Period cv Rcv Period M RcvTbl Period Rcv Reconcile Date PO AO AO RO RR 7 0 PC A IO w cv Rcv Reconcile Date M RcvTbl ReconcileLabel J Rcv Reference Rev Reference RevTbl Reference Rev Reissue of Old Rcv Reissue of Old RcvTbl ReissueOfOld Rev DM Rev DM Rcv Reverse of Old Rev Rev Reverse of Old DM RcvTbl ReverseOfOld Rcv Voided or Reversed Rcv Rcv Voided or Reversed DM RcvTbl VoidedOrReversed Rcv Voided Rcy Rcv Voided DM RcvTbl Voided R J E Date Changed RJE R J E Date Changed DM RJETbI DateChanged R J E Date Created RJE R J E Date Created DM
20. Student Day of Birth Student Student Day of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl DayOfBirth Student Deceased Student Student Deceased PDSDMData MemTbl Deceased Student Different Last Name Student Student Different Last Name PDSDMData MemTbl DifLastName Student Ethnicity Student Student Ethnicity PDSDMData MemTbl Ethnicity Student Family Name Student Student Family Name PDSDMData MemTbl FamilyName Student Fam Unigue ID Student Student Fam Unigue ID PDSDMData MemTbJl FamRecNum Student First Name Student Student First Name PDSDMData MemTbl FirstName Student Formal Sal Student Student Formal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl FormalSal Student Formal Sal Student Student Formal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentFormalSal Student Formation Member Student Student Formation Member PDSDMData MemTbl REMemberl Student Full Maiden Name Student Student Full Maiden Name PDSDMData MemTbl FullMaidenName Student Gender Student Student Gender PDSDMData MemTbl Gender Student General Remarks Student Student General Remarks PDSDMData MemTbl GenRemarks Student Grade Student Student Grade PDSDMData MemTbl Grade Student ID Number Student Student ID Number PDSDMData MemTbl REIDNumber Student Inactive Student Student Inactive PDSDMData MemTbl Inactive Student Informal Sal Student Student Informal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl InformalSal Student Is Catechist Student Student Is Catechist P
21. V peamen ME DSHmOn kae ja 4 mm ale elja sle el m mzu ees Aela rs wa re mmm Yy Lh M X TA AR CH na E Mdndsdav Mav 28 2003 8 41 ard Report Title Header 3 Adda DBText object in the top left corner of the Detail band Set it to Fam Family ID Env Number Make it bold 4 Adda DBText object directly next to the Family ID Set it to Fam Fam Name Right click on it and choose Autosize Make it bold and blue 5 Adda DBMemo object directly beneath the Family Name Set it to Fam Address Block Right click on it and choose Stretch 6 Adda DBMemo object directly next to the Address Block Set it to Fam Phone List Right click on it and choose Stretch 7 Adda DBText object directly beneath the Address Block Set it to Fam E Mail Autosize it ad 18 1 18 a TE ay 1 eee Owner Name Report Title oh an Loon Jeff Jeane M 324 N Willow Way 602 278 9832 Home L inslow AZ 85300 5324 502 344 2334 Cell 602 398 4324 Unl Alternate jvanloont2 yahoo com Detail uesdav June 3 2003 amp 39am Rate Footer Ht A A 5 EE Fig 2 27 2 16 e Report Basics Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer 8 Add the Summary band Click on Report Summary 9 Adda DBCalc object to the Summary band Right click on it and choose Calculations then choose Count Set it to Fam Fam Unique ID Note
22. end This would be the same as s 123456789 The variable used in the FOR statement must be declared and must be an integer It will assign to it the current value of the loop Instead of the to we can use down to if we want to go backwards For example S for i 9 down to 1 do begin s stchr 48 1 end This would be the same as s 987654321 You can also use a step if you want to jump in increments other than 1 For example SiH T for i 1 to 9 step 2 do begin S stchr 48 1 end Any of the values after the in the FOR statement can be a variable or a calculation For example S for i 1 to ListCount step delta do begin s stchr 48 1 end Built in There are two build in procedures MessageBeep and ShowMessage str The Procedure MessageBeep procedure will cause the computer to generate a beep sound The ShowMessage procedure will display a dialog box with the message that is in the statements parenthesis The message can be a literal string a string variable or a string calculation There are other built in routines but they deal with scripting and are detailed in that chapter 4 10 e Embedded Code Advanced Report Writer Conditions Calculations Advanced Report Writer The conditions used in IF statements WHILE statements and REPEAT statments can be simple comparisons or can be complex calculations The common comparison operations that are used i
23. mpChk Emp Chk Remarks MEmployee tblPrintChecks Remarks J Emp Chk Special Hours tri mpChk Emp Chk Special Hours MEmployee tblPrintChecks SpecialHours J Emp Chk Start Period Date tri mpChk Emp Chk Start Period Date MEmployee tblPrintChecks StartPeriodDate J Emp Chk State COA List Ies mpChk Emp Chk State COA List MEmployee tblPrintChecks StateCoaList J Emp Chk Total Hours t mpChk Emp Chk Total Hours MEmployee tblPrintChecks TotalHours J Emp Chk Trn Rec tri mpChk Emp Chk Trn Rec MEmployee tblPrintChecks TrnRec J Emp Chk Void tri mpChk Emp Chk Void MEmployee tblPrintChecks Void J Emp Emg Contact Mailing Name tri mpEmgContact Emp Emg Contact Mailing Name MEmployee tblEmergency Mailing J Emp Emg Contact Name tri mpEmgContact Emp Emg Contact Name MEmployee tblEmergency Name J Emp Emg Contact Phone List tri mpEmgContact Emp Emg Contact Phone List MEmployee tblEmergency PhoneList J Emp Emg Contact Relation es mpEmgContact Emp Emg Contact Relation MEmployee tblEmergency Relation J Emp Emg Contact Remarks es mpEmgContact Emp Emg Contact Remarks MEmployee tblEmergency Remarks J Emp Emg Contact Salutation tri mpEmgContact Emp Emg Contact Salutation MEmployee tblEmergency Salutation J Emp Emg Phone Num
24. procedure AfterBuildExport begin BUILD THE EXPORT AssignFile F RepDlg ExpFilename Text Rewrite f try with PDSDMData FamTbl do begin First while not EOF do begin write f PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl writeln f Next end end finally CloseFile f end end This creates a TextFile which is a variable that 1s a file on the disk It assigns the name that we have on the export layout screen and it creates the file the file 1s erased if it already exists Then it fills the file with family names using Family Name Format 1 with each family on a new line Finally it closes the file We could have included any fields or done any type of calculation to obtain the information to export This works fine except that it brings up a dialog box as it goes through families which does not give us any 1dea of where we are in the run If we press cancel it does not cancel until it is finished To solve these problems we would add the following code just before the Next statement which sets the caption of the export label that is on the dialog box and keeps watching for the label to change to Stopping ExportLabel Caption Family PDSDMData FamTblName AsString Application ProcessMessages if ExportLabel Caption Stopping then exit A few last minor things This export still has the Modify fields to export button and the pull down for the list of formats We would
25. s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M9 Prior Totals Actual Y3 PriorTota DM CoaPYTDbl ActualY3 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M1 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M1 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 MI Prior Totals Actual Y3 M10 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M10 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M10 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M11 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M11 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M11 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M12 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M12 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M12 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M2 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M2 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M2 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M3 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M3 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M3 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M4 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M4 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M4 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M5 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M 5 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M5 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M6 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M6 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M6 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M7 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M7 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M7 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M8 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M8 s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M8 Prior Totals Actual Y3 M9 PriorTota s Prior Totals Actual Y3 M9 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY3M9 Prior Totals Budget Y1 PriorTota s Prior
26. 100 abell Left 200 Labell width 100 Can be written using the With as with Labell do begin Caption Test Top 100 Left 200 Width 100 end If there is more than one object being used the With statements can be nested inside one another or the objects can be separated by commas Also an object may have an attribute that has attributes itself i e font these can be used in With statements as well If a With gets too complicated its clearer not to use them Try Finally and The Try Finally and the Try Except statements are used to handle error conditions The Try Except Try Finally statement says to Try and do something and no matter what happened do what is in the Finally section statements For example the following code will try to create a file named A test txt and write a few lines of text to it No matter what happens i e the disk is full the program will run the CloseFile statement Var Fout Text Begin Assign Fout A Test txt Try Rewrite Fout Write Fout Test Writeln Fout The end of a line Finally CloseFile Fout End End 6 4 o Scripting Language Advanced Report Writer The Try Except statement is similar but the Except statement is run only if an error occurs For example we could Try to divide two numbers We need to have an Except in case the denominator is zero I J integer Begin I 5 J 0 Tr
27. Calc Fund Hist Fund Year ist lc Fund Hist Fund Year CalcFundHistTbl FundYear Calc Fund Hist Has Comments ist lc Fund Hist Has Comments CalcFundHistTbl HasComments Calc Fund Hist Member Ist lc Fund Hist Member CalcFundHistTbl Member Calc Fund Hist Recur Amount ist lc Fund Hist Recur Amount CalcFundHistTbl RecurAmount Calc Fund Hist Unique Act ID ist lc Fund Hist Unique Act ID CalcFundHistTbl ActRecNum Calc Fund Hist Unique Fam ID ist lc Fund Hist Unique Fam ID CalcFundHistTbl FEFamRec Calc Fund Hist Unique Fund ID ist lc Fund Hist Unique Fund ID CalcFundHistTbl FEFundRec Calc Fund Hist Unique ID ist lc Fund Hist Unique ID CalcFundHistTbl FERecNum Calc Fund Hist Unique Mem ID ist lc Fund Hist Unique Mem ID c CalcFundHistTbl MemRecNum Calc Fund Info End Date nfo lc Fund Info End Date c CalcFundInfoTbl EndDate Calc Fund Info Has Balances nfo lc Fund Info Has Balances c CalcFundInfoTbl HasBalances Calc Fund Info Has Hours nfo lc Fund Info Has Hours c CalcFundInfoTbl HasHours Calc Fund Info Has Month Totals nfo lc Fund Info Has Month Totals c CalcFundInfoTbl HasMonthTotals Calc Fund Info Start Date nfo lc Fund Info Start Date c CalcFundInfoTbl StartDate Calc Fund Info Unique Fam ID nfo lc Fund Info Unique Fam ID c CalcFundInfoTbl FamRecNum Calc Fund Month Balance Month Calc Fund Month Balance lc CalcFundMonthTbl Balance Calc Fund Month Credit Month Calc Fun
28. CurrentEMail Fam Family Status MI Status FamilyStatus Fam First Name Name FirstName Fam Formal Sal S Sal CurrentFormalSal Fam General Remarks S Fam General Remarks GenRemarks 10 10 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Fam Geog Area Fam Fam Geog Area PDSDMData FamTbl AreaNumber Fam ID Env Number Fam Fam ID Env Number PDSDMData FamTbl CurrentIDNumber Fam Inactive Fam Fam Inactive PDSDMData FamTbl Inactive Fam Inactive Members Fam Fam Inactive Members PDSDMData FamTbl InactiveMembers Fam Informal Sal Fam Fam Informal Sal PDSDMData FamTbl CurrentInformalSal Fam Last Name Fam Fam Last Name PDSDMData FamTbl LastName Fam Letter Language Fam Fam Letter Language PDSDMData FamTbl LetterLanguage Fam License Name Fam Fam License Name PDSDMData FamTbl LicenseName Fam Mailing Address is Certified Fam Fam Mailing Address is Certified PDSDMData FamTbl MailingCertified Fam Mailing Address Line 1 Fam Fam Mailing Address Line 1 PDSDMData FamTbl MailingAddressl Fam Mailing Address Line 2 Fam Fam Mailing Address Line 2 PDSDMData FamTbl MailingAddress2
29. DateZip Sac Sponsor Address SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Address PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Address Sac Sponsor City State SacSponsor Sac Sponsor City State PDSDMData MemSponsTbl CityState Sac Sponsor Formal Sal SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Formal Sal PDSDMData MemSponsTbl FormalSal Sac Sponsor Informal Sal SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Informal Sal PDSDMData MemSponsTbl InformalSal Sac Sponsor Mailing Name SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Mailing Name PDSDMData MemSponsTbl MailingName Sac Sponsor Name SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Name PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Name Sac Sponsor Phone SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Phone PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Phone Sac Sponsor Sponsor Type SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Sponsor Type PDSDMData MemSponsTbl SponsorType Sac Sponsor Unlisted SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Unlisted PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Unl Sac Sponsor Zip Code SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Zip Code PDSDMData MemSponsTbl ZipCode Sched Days Absent Sched Sched Days Absent PDSDMData MemREShdTbl DaysAbsent Sched Days Present Sched Sched Days Present PDSDMData MemREShdTbl DaysPresent Sched Passing Sched Sched Passing PDSDMData MemREShdTbl Passing Sched Session Name Sched Sched Session Name PDSDMData MemREShdTbl SessionName Sched Unigue ID Sched Sched Unigue ID PDSDMData MemREShdTblf MemREShdRec Serv Ret Date ServRet Serv Ret Date PDSDMData MemREServRetTbl Date Serv Ret Hours ServRet Serv Ret Hours PDSDMData MemRE
30. ElectronicPayment Inv Invoice Amount Inv Inv Invoice Amount DM InvTbl InvoiceAmount Inv Invoice Date Inv Inv Invoice Date DM InvTbl InvoiceDate Inv Invoice Number Inv Inv Invoice Number DM InvTbl Reference Inv Is Reconciled Inv Inv Is Reconciled DM InvTbl IsReconciled Inv Marked Inv Inv Marked DM InvTbl Marked Inv Notes Inv Inv Notes DM InvTbl Memo InvOT V Inv Inv OT V DM InvTbl OTV Inv Partial Payment Inv Inv Partial Payment DM InvTbl PartialPayment Inv Payee Source Abbr Inv Inv Payee Source Abbr DM InvTbl PayeeSourceAbbr Inv Payee Source Name Inv Inv Payee Source Name DM InvTbl PayeeSourceName Inv Payment Authorized Inv Inv Payment Authorized DM InvTbl Authorized Inv Period Inv Inv Period DM InvTbl Period Inv Purchase Order Inv Inv Purchase Order DM InvTbl PurchaseOrder Inv Reconcile Date Inv Inv Reconcile Date DM InvTbl ReconcileLabel Inv Reissue of Old Inv Inv Reissue of Old DM InvTbl ReissueOfOld Inv Reverse of Old Inv Inv Reverse of Old DM InvTbl ReverseOfOld Inv Terms Inv Inv Terms DM InvTbl Terms Inv Transaction Date Inv Inv Transaction Date DM InvTbl TDate Inv Voided or Reversed Inv Inv Voided or Reversed DM InvTbl VoidedOrReversed Inv Voided Inv Inv Voided
31. Family Directory build from scratch Click Next Click on Modify the Report GS Advanced Report Writer Report Family Directory Tutorial File Edi View Report GlobalVariables Templates Help Design Preview JA Elm leuad au on A A 5E we e a a i E8 E3 8 I Dc E mar s5mj s B eme 2 ew 2o 4 m le amp am dh one fog Ee fara 0 Bzu Es 3 A 2 U CORRER ERE Je Ta A I DN RUN Y s bla d s Header T Detal T Footer Fig 3 10 The Header The Header of the report is fairly straightforward 1 Click on the System Variable button and drop it in the Header 3 2 Click on the Center button to center the value inside of the object 3 Choose the System Variable as Desi i PageNo in the object selection box 9 Preview JAB a 5 u G3 g PageNo amp S m ab ho 4 Right click on the object and choose Position Setthe Width at one Left 35 inch the Top at zero and the Left at Top 0 3 5 inch Click OK Wh r Height 0 1563 Apply Right click on the gray Header band choose Position and set the Height to 0 1875 Advanced Report Writer Sub reports Groups and Regions e 3 9 You should now have a page number system variable centered in the top middle ofthe Header o _o Header T Detail 0 Footer Fig 3 11 The Detail The Detail band is where most of the work gets done Here we will be adding the
32. Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp Job Hours 1 QTD EmpJobHours Emp Job Hours 1 QTD MEmployee tblTotalsHourly QTD1 J Emp Job Hours 2 QTD tri mpJobHours Emp Job Hours 2 OTD MEmployee tblTotalsHourly QTD2 J Emp Job Hours 3 QTD EmpJobHours Emp Job Hours 3 QTD DMEnmployee tblTotalsHourly OTD3 Emp Job Hours 4 QTD EmpJobHours Emp Job Hours 4 OTD DMEnmployee tblTotalsHourly OTD4 Emp Job Hours Type EmpJobHours Emp Job Hours Type DMEnmployee tblTotalsHourly Type Emp Job Hours Year EmpJobHours Emp Job Hours Year DMEnmployee tblTotalsHourly Year Emp Job Hours YTD EmpJobHours Emp Job Hours YTD J MEmployee tblTotalsHourly calc Y TD Emp Job Totals 1 QTD tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals 1 QTD MEmployee tblTotals OTD1 J Emp Job Totals 2 QTD tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals 2 QTD MEmployee tblTotals OTD2 J Emp Job Totals 3 QTD tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals 3 QTD MEmployee tblTotals OTD3 J Emp Job Totals 4 QTD tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals 4 QTD MEmployee tblTotals OTD4 J Emp Job Totals COA Name tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals COA Name MEmployee tblTotals AccName J Emp Job Totals COA Number tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals COA Number MEmployee tblTot
33. List Each button in the list is separated by a comma i e Red Yellow Blue The object is returned in the last item Which radio button is selected can be determined or set with the E ItemIndex where E is the name ofthe TRadioGroup Object you have declared and used as the third parameter Member Information Options C Do Not Print Age or Grade C Print Member Grade Print Member Age AddIncAll S1 S2 string IncOr boolean E1 E2 TRadioButton Add a pair of radio buttons that indicate INCLUDE ALL and INCLUDE ANY OF the items in a table The OR that comes between the messages can be turned on or off with IncOr Include ALL items OR C Include ANY of the following Items AddCheckBox s string E TCheckBox Add a check box with a caption I Print Summary at the end of the report AddRadioButton s string E TRadioButton Add a Radio button with a caption C Talent List AddDropDown s string L TLabel E TComboBox N integer Add a drop down combo box with a caption The maximum number of characters Is set to N Style Name Condensed Format AddLine N integer Add a line of equals signs as a separator AddBlank N is the number of equals signs Add a space under the last object placed on the screen AddPage Pg LMDAssistPage N integer This adds a new page to the report wizard like NewScreenPage but returns the new page object in the variable you put as Pg
34. Mem Members Mem Object Outline Object Outline Header a Header 23 SystemVariablel 2g SystemVariablel si Column Header si Column Header Group Header 0 ppLabell Group Header 0 ppLabell si Group Header 1 Fam Unique ID m Group Header 1 Fam Unique ID Detail ee Detail A DBTestl A DBTestl AddressBlock AddressBlock Spacing Spacing Ml Members f Members A labell A FamLastlnitial DBMemol DBMemol m Group Footer 1 Fam Unique ID Group Footer 1 Fam Unique ID si Group Footer D ppLabell x i Group Footer 0 ppLabell Fig 4 4 Fig 4 5 In this example the object Labell has been renamed to FamLastlnitial to better indicate what the label represents When an object is renamed existing code using the old name must be changed to use the new name or an error will result and the report will not run Attributes Associated with every object is a list of attributes As mentioned earlier attributes can be things like the color of the object or the text of the caption or whether or not the object is visible etc Each type of object can have its own unique set of attributes For example a label has a caption but a line does not An attribute can be set in the report designer or by embedded code In the example in the overview we set the color of the font for Labell to red just before it was printed We could have set it in the report designer by selecting the Labell object and then clicking on the icon tha
35. Mem Month Num of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl MonthNumofBirth Mem Month of Birth Mem Mem Month of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl MonthOfBirth Mem Name Format 1 Mr John Smith Jr Mem Mem Name Format 1 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl Mem Name Format 10 maiden name Mem Mem Name Format 10 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl0 Mem Name Format 11 Jack s Mem Mem Name Format 11 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatll Mem Name Format 2 Mr Jack Smith Jr Mem Mem Name Format 2 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat2 Mem Name Format 3 SMITH JR John Mem Mem Name Format 3 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat3 Mem Name Format 4 Mr Smith Mem Mem Name Format 4 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat4 Mem Name Format 5 John Mem Mem Name Format 5 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat5 Mem Name Format 6 nickname Mem Mem Name Format 6 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat6 Mem Name Format 7 Smith Jr Mem Mem Name Format 7 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat7 Mem Name Format 8 Mr Mem Mem Name Format 8 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat8 Mem Name Format 9 Jack Smith Mem Mem Name Format 9 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat9 Mem Name Mem Mem Name PDSDMData MemTbl Name Mem Nickname Mem Mem Nickname PDSDMData MemTbl Nickname Mem Occupation Mem Mem Occupation PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW3 Mem Oldest Child Mem Mem Oldest Child PDSDMData MemTbl OldestChild Mem Phone List Mem Mem Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl PhoneList Mem Picture Mem Mem Pi
36. Objects Advanced Report Writer For example we want the program to flash a simple message that says hello right after it has built selections but before the report is run We would go to Member Reports and add an Advance Report it actually could be an Easy List a Label or any kind or report We open up the advance script and you would enter in the Pascal Script procedure AfterSelectReport begin ShowMessage Hello end Save the report and run it When you press the Preview button the program should popup the message Since we did not add any fields to print in this report it will then bring up a blank page There are also two special events that exist only in Church Office Formation Office and School Office The events occur or fire while the report is running procedure OrderMailTbl Called after each entry is made in to the Mail Table procedure CallAfterCalc Called on each family after the Family table has finished its calculations for that family OrderMailTbl is called on every new entry made to the Mail table The Mail table is used to do special sorts where billing addresses and courtesy copies are going to be included To speed up the program OrderMailTbl will not be called unless there is a line in the default of the UDR that reads OrderMailTb1 1 You may also need to set ForceMailTbl 1 as well This can be used to create reports stored in complicated orders very easily by setting PDSDMData MailTblKey As
37. PDSDMData MemTbl MonthNumofBirth Student Student Month of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl MonthOfBirth Student Student Name Format 1 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl Student Student Name Format 10 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl0 Student Student Name Format 11 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatll Student Student Name Format 2 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat2 Student Student Name Format 3 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat3 Student Student Name Format 4 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat4 Student Student Name Format 5 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat5 Student Name Format 6 nickname Student Name Format 7 Smith Jr Student Name Format 8 Mr Student Student Name Format 6 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat6 Student Student Name Format 7 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat7 Student Student Name Format 8 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat8 M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e DSDMData Mem e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M e M Student Name Format 9 Jack Smith Student Student Name Format 9 P Tbl NameFormat9 Student Name Student Student Name PDSDMData MemTbl Name Student Nickname Student Student Nickname PDSDMData MemTbl Nickname Student Oc
38. TEE is the field that the 2 X J Y am ze ca gj ni at El t gi D calculations willbe fig 2 13 based on 2 6 Report Basics Advanced Report Writer Then right click on the object and choose Calculations x Calculations l Choose the Calculation Type Sum Calc Type Count Maximum Minimum or Average Count When the report is run the program will Reset Group display the result of that calculation on the field selected TN Fig 2 14 Data Images A DBlmage object is used to show a data connected picture such as a Member a Picture or Family Picture Once the DBImage object is added g Preview choose the field A s Me 2 Ra i Em A Sl AG category and data field just like a Mem Mem Picture M DBText field This should be a a Ir ES picture based field Fig 2 15 such as Mem Picture lin GE n nu o oo t3 m Selecting The simplest way to select i an object that has already ym a Beiden eb of ertificate of Baptism AM EN dark border around it with YourAddress small black boxes in the corners and sides On occasion you may need n to select several objects at Certificate of Ba ptism once E YourName YourAddress YourCityState This is done by holding the Shift key as you click on successive objects You can also click near the objects and create a selection box aro
39. TotRecNum Calc Fund Month Refund U Q Calc Fund Month Refund FundMonthTbl Refund Calc Fund Month Tot Date UO Calc Fund Month Tot Date FundMonthTbl TotDate Calc Fund Month Unigue Fam ID U Q Calc Fund Month Unique Fam ID FundMonthTbl FamRecNum Calc Grp List Activity UO a Grp List Activity ListTbl Activity Calc Grp List Act Order UO Grp List Act Order ListTbl ActOrder Calc Grp List Deling Amt 1 31 to 60 Days uO Grp List Deling Amt 1 ListTbl DelAmtl Calc Grp List Deling Amt 2 61 to 90 Days UO Grp List Deling Ant 2 ListTbl DelAmt2 Calc Grp List Deling Amt 3 91 or More Days U Q Grp List Deling Amt 3 ListTbl DelAmt3 A 3 Calc Grp List Fund Number C Grp List Fund Number P ListTbl FundNumber Calc Grp List Hours Completed Grp List Hours Completed P ListTbl HoursCompleted Calc Grp List Hours Pledged C Grp List Hours Pledged P ListTbl HoursPledged Calc Grp List Hours Remaining C Grp List Hours Remaining P ListTbl HoursRemaining Calc Grp List Is Hours Grp List Is Hours P ListTbl IsHours Calc Grp List Months Delinquent uO ListTbl MonthsDelinquent Calc Grp List Order UO Grp List Order ListTbl Order Calc Grp List Pmt Freg 9 C3 Grp List Pmt Freq ListTbl
40. Totals Pct YTD Raw Accrual M CoaTotalsTbl PctY TDRawAccrual Totals Pct YTD Raw Cash otals Totals Pct YTD Raw Cash M CoaTotalsTbl PctY TDRawCash Totals Pct YTD Raw Encumbrance o tals Totals Pct YTD Raw Encumbrance M CoaTotalsTbl PctY TDRawEncum Totals Prior YTD Amount otals Totals Prior YTD Amount M CoaTotalsTbl PriorY TDA mount Totals Raw Accrual otals Totals Raw Accrual M CoaTotalsTbl RawAccrual Totals Raw Cash o tals Totals Raw Cash M CoaTotalsTbl RawCash Totals Raw Encumbrance otals Totals Raw Encumbrance M CoaTotalsTbl RawEncumbrance Totals Second Year Amount otals Totals Second Year Amount M CoaTotalsTbl SecYearAmt Totals Second Year YTD Amount o tals Totals Second Year YTD Amount M CoaTotalsTbl SecYear YTDAmt Totals Total Budget otals Totals Total Budget M CoaTotalsTbl TotalBudget Totals Variance Current to Budget otals Totals Variance Current to Budget M CoaTotalsTbl VarCurrentBudget Totals Variance Current to Last Year otals Totals Variance Current to Last Year M CoaTotalsTbl VarCurrentLastYear Totals Variance for Month 1 o tals Totals Variance for Month 1 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonthl Totals Variance for Month 10 otals Totals Variance for Month 10 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth10 Totals Variance for Month 11 otals Totals Variance for
41. lkFreqEquivDays Emp Job Department EmpJob Emp Job Department DMEnmployee tblJobs lkDepartment Emp Job Department Position EmpJob Emp Job Department Position DMEmployee tblJobs calcJob Emp Job Direct Deposit EmpJob Emp Job Direct Deposit DMEmployee tblJobs DirectDeposit Emp Job Employer EmpJob Emp Job Employer DMEmployee tblJobs IkEmployer Emp Job Equivalent Annual Salary EmpJob Emp Job Equivalent Annual Salary DMEmployee tblJobs EquivAnnualSalary Emp Job Equivalent Daily Rate EmpJob Emp Job Equivalent Daily Rate DMEmployee tblJobs EquivalentDR Emp Job Equivalent Days EmpJob Emp Job Equivalent Days DMEmployee tblJobs EquivDaysFloat Emp Job Equivalent Hourly Rate EmpJob Emp Job Equivalent Hourly Rate DMEmployee tblJobs EquivalentHR Emp Job Equivalent Hours EmpJob Emp Job Equivalent Hours DMEmployee tblJobs EquivHoursFloat Emp Job Federal Withholdings EmpJob Emp Job Federal Withholdings DMEmployee tblJobs FedWithholding Emp Job Filing Status EmpJob Emp Job Filing Status DMEmployee tblJobs IkFilingStatus Emp Job Frequency Description EmpJob Emp Job Frequency Description DMEmployee tblJobs IkFregDescription Emp Job Frequency EmpJob Emp Job Frequency DMEmployee tblJobs IkFrequency Emp Job Gross Income EmpJob Emp Job Gross Income DMEmployee tblJobs calcGrossIncome Emp Job Hourly EmpJob Emp Job Hourly DMEmployee tblJobs PayTypeHourly Emp Job Hours Per Check EmpJ
42. Account Name M COATPbI Name COA Account Number oa COA Account Number M COATPbI Number COA Alternate Number oa COA Alternate Number M COATPbI AlternateNumber COA Balance Sheet Column oa COA Balance Sheet Column J aly alg ol 9 DO lg gt gt 0 gt S gt gt U elg gt J gt 0 gt 9 gt IU gt 9 gt gt J gt 0 gt 9 gt O ely M COATbI BalanceSheetColumn COA Beginning Balance Coa COA Beginning Balance DM COATbI BeginningBalance COA Blank Lines After Coa COA Blank Lines After DM COATbI BlankLines COA Category Name Coa COA Category Name DM COATDbI Category COA Comments Coa COA Comments DM COATbI Comments COA Date Changed Coa COA Date Changed DM COATDbI DateChanged COA Date Created Coa COA Date Created DM COATDbI DateCreated COA Department ID Coa COA Department ID DM COATDbI Deptld COA Department Name Coa COA Department Name DM COATbI DeptName COA Fiscal Date Coa COA Fiscal Date DM COATDI FiscalDate 10 48 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts COA Has Distribution COA Has Distribution COATbI HasDistribution COA Inactive COA Inactive COATbl Inactive COA Is Asset COA Is Asset COATDI IsA
43. Actual Discount Amount Inv Inv Actual Discount Amount DM InvTbl ActualDiscountAmount Inv Amount Inv Inv Amount DM InvTbl Amount Inv Amount Not Voided Inv Inv Amount Not Voided DM InvTbl AmountNotVoided Inv Authorized By Inv Inv Authorized By DM InvTbl AuthorizedBy Inv Batch Number Inv Inv Batch Number DM InvTbl Batch Inv Cash Account Number Inv Inv Cash Account Number DM InvTbl CashAcctNum Inv Date Changed Inv Inv Date Changed DM InvTbl DateChanged Inv Date Created Inv Inv Date Created DM InvTbl DateCreated Inv Discount Pct Inv Inv Discount Pct DM InvTbl DiscountPct Inv Discount Amount Inv Inv Discount Amount DM InvTbl DiscountAmt Inv Discount Date Inv Inv Discount Date DM InvTbl DiscountDate Inv Discount Terms Inv Inv Discount Terms DM InvTbl DiscountTerms Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 59 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Inv Discount Taken Inv Inv Discount Taken DM InvTbl DiscountTaken Inv Due Date With Discount Inv Inv Due Date With Discount DM InvTbl DueDateWithDiscount Inv Due Date Inv Inv Due Date DM InvTbl DueDate Inv Electronic Payment Inv Inv Electronic Payment DM InvTbl
44. Aged 60 Days Number M VenAgedTbl A ged60DaysNum Aged 90 Days Amount ged Aged 90 Days Amount M SourceAgedTbl Aged90DaysAmt Aged 90 Days Amount ged Aged 90 Days Amount M VenAgedTbl Aged90DaysAmt Aged 90 Days Number ged Aged 90 Days Number M SourceAgedTbl Aged90DaysNum Aged 90 Days Number ged Aged 90 Days Number M VenAgedTbl A ged90DaysNum Aged Amount of Current ged Aged Amount of Current M SourceAgedTbl CurrentAmt Aged Amount of Current ged Aged Amount of Current M VenAgedTbl CurrentAmt Aged Number of Current ged Aged Number of Current M SourceAgedTbl CurrentNum Aged Number of Current ged Aged Number of Current M VenAgedTbl CurrentNum Aged Over 90 Days Amount ged Aged Over 90 Days Amount M SourceAgedTbl AgedOver90DaysAmt Aged Over 90 Days Amount ged Aged Over 90 Days Amount M VenAgedTbl AgedOver90DaysAmt Aged Over 90 Days Number ged Aged Over 90 Days Number M SourceAgedTbl AgedOver90DaysNum Aged Over 90 Days Number ged Aged Over 90 Days Number M VenAgedTbl AgedOver90DaysNum Aged Total Amount ged Aged Total Amount M SourceAgedTbl AgedTotalAmt Aged Total Amount ged Aged Total Amount M VenAgedTbI AgedTotalAmt Aged Total Number ged Aged Total Number M SourceAgedTbl AgedTotalNum Aged Total Number ged Aged Total Number M VenAgedTbl A gedTotalNum
45. Amount DM FacCharge Amount Fac Charge Description FacCharge Fac Charge Description DM FacCharge Description Fac Contact Address FacContact Fac Contact Address DM FacContact Address Fac Contact City State FacContact Fac Contact City State DM FacContact City Fac Contact City State Zip FacContact Fac Contact City State Zip DM FacContact CityStateZip Fac Contact E Mail FacContact Fac Contact E Mail DM FacContact EMail Fac Contact Mailing Name FacContact Fac Contact Mailing Name DM FacContact MailingName Fac Contact Name FacContact Fac Contact Name DM FacContact Name Fac Contact Phone List FacContact Fac Contact Phone List DM FacContact PhoneList Fac Contact Position FacContact Fac Contact Position DM FacContact Position Fac Contact Salutation FacContact Fac Contact Salutation DM FacContact Salutation Fac Contact Send No Mail FacContact Fac Contact Send No Mail DM FacContact SendNoMail Fac Contact Zip FacContact Fac Contact Zip DM FacContact Zip Fac Contact Phone Number FacContactPhone Fac Contact Phone Number DM FacContactPhone NNumber Fac Contact Phone Type FacContactPhone Fac Contact Phone Type DM FacContactPhone PhoneType Fac Contact Phone Unlisted FacContactPhone Fac Contact Phone Unlisted DM FacContactPhone Unlisted Fac Contact Phone X Unlisted FacContactPhone Fac Contact Phone X Unlisted DM FacContactPhone XNumber Group Facil
46. CO 81611 303 925 2222 Alternate Addr Date Registered 06 01 1970 Geog Area 4 20 Family Status Individual Schmid Jeffrey Lenore M M 5827 W Missouri Ave 602 238 3928 Home i Peoria AZ 85329 2904 602 238 9332 Fax Date Registered 11 01 1987 Geog Area 20 49 Family Status Extended Family Ramirez Tomas Louise M M P O Box 234 602 466 2134 Home Glendale AZ 85219 8848 Date Registered 03 01 1993 Geog Area 26 25 Family Status Two Parent Family Garinger Ronald Lucero Garinger Jenny Ms Mr 4128 N Emerald Cove 602 772 2434 Home Phoenix AZ 85037 02 318 9191 Pager Date Registered 03 01 1996 EN IE RN A4 AE Page 1 Fig 3 9 3 8 e Sub reports Groups and Regions Advanced Report Writer Project Building the Family Directory Beginning with this chapter we will build the Family Directory report from scratch Each subsequent chapter will add a new concept or level of complexity to the report At the end we will have a hand made working copy of the Family Directory In this first installment we will use the concepts covered in chapters 2 and 3 namely objects sub reports regions and groups to build the basics Start the The first step is to add a new ARW report From the Main Menu Report 1 Click on Families Family Reports Add Advanced Reports Report 2 Click on Next Name the report Family Directory Tutorial and provide the description
47. Child PDSDMData MemTbl YoungestChild Ct Detail College Area CtDetail Ct Detail College Area PDSDMData RETeaTbl CollegeArea Ct Detail College Degree CtDetail Ct Detail College Degree PDSDMData RETeaTbl CollegeDegree 10 28 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ct Detail College Name Q U Ej ct 3 Ss Detail College Name eaTbl CollegeName Ct Detail College Year Completed UO o H fm ct 3 Ct Detail College Years UO s cis ct w ji Bi ct Detail College Years eaTbl CollegeYears Ct Detail Date Started UO w B Bi ct 3 Detail Date Started eaTbl DateStarted Ct Detail Experience U Q s ctlsa w H dc ti Detail Experience eaTbl Experience Ct Detail Grad School Area UO o H fm ct 3 ye CT eaTbl GradArea Detail Grad School Area Ct Detail Grad School Degree o H uO El ct Ct Detail Grad School Name UO s ctlsa w H Bi ct eaTbl GradName Detail Grad School Name Ct Detail Grad School Year Completed UO o wn Ej ct M TeaTbl GradYearComp Ct Detail Grad School Years C tail t Detail Grad School Years P M ETeaTbl GradYears Ct Detail High School Area of Study t
48. Department M TrnTbl Department J Trn Employer 4 rn Trn Employer M TrnTbl Employer J Trn Emp Position 4 rn Trn Emp Position M TrnTbl Position J Trn Hours 4 rn Trn Hours M TrnTbl Hours J Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 71 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Trn Invoice Amount Trn Trn Invoice Amount M TrnTbI InvoiceAmount J Trn Invoice Date 4 rn Trn Invoice Date M TrnTbl InvoiceDate J Trn Is Reconciled Trn Trn Is Reconciled DM TrnTbl IsReconciled Trn Notes Trn Trn Notes DM TrnTbl Memo Trn Overtime 1 Hours Trn Trn Overtime 1 Hours J M TrnTbl Overtimel Trn Overtime 2 Hours 4 rn Trn Overtime 2 Hours M TrnTbl Overtime2 Trn Partial Payment rn Trn Partial Payment M TrnTbl PartialPayment ouo Trn Period 4 rn Trn Period M TrnTbl Period J Trn Purchase Order 4 rn Trn Purchase Order M TrnTbl PurchaseOrder J Trn Reconcile Date 4 rn Trn Reconcile Date M TrnTbl ReconcileLabel J Trn Reference 4 rn Trn Reference M TrnTbl Reference J Trn Regular Hours 4 rn Trn Regular Hours DM TrnTbl RegularHours Trn Reissue of Old Trn Trn Reissue of Old
49. Fac Address Fac Chairs Fac Fac Chairs DM Fac Feature3N Fac Charge Type Fac Fac Charge Type DM Fac ChargeType Fac City State Fac Fac City State DM Fac City Fac City State Zip Fac Fac City State Zip DM Fac CityStateZip Fac Date Changed Fac Fac Date Changed DM Fac DateChanged Fac Date Created Fac Fac Date Created DM Fac DateCreated Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 75 Facility Scheduler Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fac Inactive Fac Fac Inactive DM Fac Inactive Fac Name Group Fac Fac Name DM Fac Name Fac Name Fac Fac Name DM Fac NameFixed Fac Phone Fac Fac Phone DM Fac NPhone Fac Remarks Fac Fac Remarks DM Fac Remarks Fac Seating Capacity Fac Fac Seating Capacity DM Fac FeaturelN Fac Tables Fac Fac Tables DM Fac Feature2N Fac Unlisted Fac Fac Unlisted DM Fac PhoneUnlisted Fac Use Default Address Fac Fac Use Default Address DM Fac UseDefaultAddress Fac Vcr Tv Fac Fac Vcr Tv DM Fac Feature4B Fac X Unlisted Fac Fac X Unlisted DM Fac XPhone Fac Zip Fac Fac Zip DM Fac Zip Fac Charge Amount FacCharge Fac Charge
50. Fund Hist Recur Amount PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl RecurAmount Calc Fund Hist Unigue Act ID CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Unigue Act ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl ActRecNum Calc Fund Hist Unique Fam ID CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Unique Fam ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FEFamRec Calc Fund Hist Unigue Fund ID CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Unigue Fund ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FEFundRec Calc Fund Hist Unigue ID CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Unigue ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FERecNum Calc Fund Hist Unigue Mem ID CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Unigue Mem ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl MemRecNum Calc Fund Info End Date CalcFundInfo Calc Fund Info End Date PDSDMCalc CalcFundInfoTbl EndDate Calc Fund Info Has Balances CalcFundInfo Calc Fund Info Has Balances PDSDMCalc CalcFundInfoTbl HasBalances Calc Fund Info Has Hours CalcFundInfo Calc Fund Info Has Hours PDSDMCalc CalcFundInfoTbl HasHours Calc Fund Info Has Month Totals CalcFundInfo Calc Fund Info Has Month Totals PDSDMCalc CalcFundInfoTbl HasMonthTotals Calc Fund Info Start Date CalcFundInfo Calc Fund Info Start Date PDSDMCalc CalcFundInfoTbl StartDate Calc Fund Info Unique Fam ID CalcFundInfo Calc Fund Info Unique Fam ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundInfoTbl FamRecNum Calc Fund Month Balance CalcFundMonth Calc Fund Month Balance PDSDMCalc CalcFundMonthTbl Balance Calc Fund Month Credit CalcFundMonth Calc Fund Month Credit P
51. GY 5 3 Using AND and OR resi UT YR NF Rend FT 5 4 Multiple Languages 5 4 Inside Address Style 2 e rre e RU RA NETUS 5 5 Modify the Text of the Letter eco nisse 5 6 Closing Style tee STR ERREUR e feret 5 6 Iuu chmBbn eee 5 8 EEX EP CISC sn m 5 10 2 e Contents Advanced Report Writer 6 Scripting Lan Guages unseren OL OVeryleW can Ddy rdd YF Dove evt SY aT ERA 6 1 Accessing the Script uu an i ete FT YN 6 1 Iun MR 6 2 Objects ar RR RN ORO e tet e RE GY 6 3 Additional Code Statements ourssossesnnssnonnesnnssnonnssnnnsnnnnssnnnsnnnnssnnnsnnnnesnnsnnnnssnnnenen 6 3 With Statements s cite serien eie serbe coitu de ista 6 4 Try Finally and Try Except statements 6 4 Exit Break Continue and Goto statements 6 5 More Comments Options aeaieie a a ia E enne nnns 6 6 Detecting ETtOIS S ccs th on Saeco e Ri Se ee O 6 6 Common Problems and Things to Help sse 6 7 rl m H 6 8 lou 7 1 Simple Messages and QuestiOns cccccecsceesceesceseceseceseceeeeseeeaeeeseeneeeereneens 7 1 Screen TOULITIeS nk eo e GYN ep iere 7 2 Screen Objects uu GG t t ei CD 7 5 Create the NEW SCFEeeli 3 scccisesssscoccsnnssescecensssdocesnssesoessndevssonssoudsssudcenssosbisesaces PUE ONN 7 6 Saving Loading the Screen Information eese ee eee eee entente atta 7 7 Communicating with the Report zessusssesssesssn
52. Month 11 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth 11 Totals Variance for Month 12 o tals Totals Variance for Month 12 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth12 Totals Variance for Month 2 otals Totals Variance for Month 2 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth2 Totals Variance for Month 3 otals Totals Variance for Month 3 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth3 Totals Variance for Month 4 otals Totals Variance for Month 4 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth4 Totals Variance for Month 5 otals Totals Variance for Month 5 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth5 Totals Variance for Month 6 otals Totals Variance for Month 6 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth6 Totals Variance for Month 7 o tals Totals Variance for Month 7 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth7 Totals Variance for Month 8 otals Totals Variance for Month 8 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth8 Totals Variance for Month 9 otals Totals Variance for Month 9 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceMonth9 Totals Variance for Otr 1 o tals Totals Variance for Otr 1 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceOtr1 Totals Variance for Otr 2 otals Totals Variance for Otr 2 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceOtr2 Totals Variance for Otr 3 otals Totals Variance for Otr 3 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceOtr3 Totals Variance for Otr 4 o tals Totals Variance for Otr 4 M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceOtr4 Totals Variance for Year otals
53. OTD Ou mpW2 Emp W2 Federal Wage OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FederalWageOTD Emp W2 Federal Wage YTD cm mpW2 Emp W2 Federal Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FederalWageYTD Emp W2 Federal Withholding OTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Federal Withholding QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FederalW HOTD Emp W2 Federal Withholding YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Federal Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FederalWHYTD Emp W2 FICA Error OTD Ou mpW2 Emp W2 FICA Error OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FICAErrorOTD Emp W2 FICA Error YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 FICA Error YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FICAError Emp W2 FUTA Raw Wage OTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 FUTA Raw Wage OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 FUTARawWageQTD Emp W2 FUTA Raw Wage YTD t mpW2 Emp W2 FUTA Raw Wage YTD DMEmployee tblEmpW2 FUTARawWageY TD Emp W2 FUTA Wage QTD EmpW2 Emp W2 FUTA Wage QTD DMEmployee tblEmpW2 FUTAWageOTD Emp W2 FUTA Wage YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 FUTA Wage YTD J MEmployee tblEmpW2 FUTAWageYTD Emp W2 Gross Federal Wage QTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Gross Federal Wage OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 GrossFederalWageOTD Emp W2 Gross Federal Wage YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Gross Federal Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 GrossFederalWageYTD Emp W2 Gross Local Wage OTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Gross Local Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 GrossLocalWageOTD Emp W2 Gross Local Wage YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Gross Local Wage YT
54. Options Do Not Print Age or Grade Print Member Grade Print Member Age AgeGradeGrp AddBlank MemGroup ItemIndex 3 Set Children amp Adults as default counting 0 3 AgeGradeGrp ItemIndex 2 Set Member Age as default end 7 6 Adding and Accessing Screens Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer Saving Loading the Screen Information Now that we have the information in we would like to save it so that the next time we run this report we have the values the same as we did before To do this we would like to write to the INI file for this report We usually save the values just before the report is finished in the BeforeDestroyReport event In this case we have five parameters to save But we only want to save the values ifthey have valid values Ifthe program stops due to an error before the old values were read in we do not want to save the values because we would be writing over good values with blanks So we add a variable called FieldsRead We initialize it to False in the AfterCreateReport check it before we write and set it to True after we read in the values Var FieldsRead boolean procedure AfterCreateReport begin FieldsRead false end procedure BeforeDestroyReport var IniFile TIniFile begin if FieldsRead then begin ACCESS INI FILE save the values IniFile TIniFile Create
55. RJETbI DateCreated RJE Inactive RJE R J E Inactive DM RJETbI Inactive R J E Last Amount Posted RJE R J E Last Amount Posted DM RJETbI LastAmount R J E Last Date Posted RJE R J E Last Date Posted DM RJETbI LastDate R J E Max of Times RJE R J E Max of Times DM RJETbI LimitCount R J E Max Total Amount RJE R J E Max Total Amount DM RJETbI LimitTotal RJ E Name RJE R J E Name DM RJETbI Name RJ E New Date RJE R J E New Date DM RJETbI NewDate Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 63 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts R J E Period RJE R J E Period DM RJETbI PeriodName R J E Recursion Type RJE R J E Recursion Type DM RJETbI RecursionTypeName R J E Remaining of Times RJE R J E Remaining of Times DM RJETbI RunningCount R J E Remaining Total Amount RJE R J E Remaining Total Amount DM RJETbI RunningTotal R J E Use Percent RJE R JE Use Percent DM RJETObl UsePercent RJ E Voided RJE R J E Voided DM RJETbI Voided R J E Voided Or Reversed RJE R J E Voided Or Reversed DM RJETbI VoidedOrReversed R J E Trn Account Number RJETm R J E Trn Account Number DM SubRJETbl Number R J E Trn Credit RJETrn R J E Trn Credit DM SubRJETbI Credit RJE Trn Date RJETrn R J E Trn Date DM
56. Rate Total PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDTotal Fund Rate Use EFT FundRate Fund Rate Use EFT PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl UseEFT Fund Totals Accum Delinq Amt 1 31 or More FundTotals Fund Totals Accum Delinq Amt 1 Days PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl AccumDelAmtl Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 2 61 or More FundTotals Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 2 Days PDSD FundTotalsTbl AccumDelAmt2 Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 3 91 or More Fund Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 3 Days PDSD FundTotalsTbl AccumDelAmt3 Fund Totals Deling Amt 1 31 to 60 Days Fund Fund Totals Deling Amt 1 PDSD FundTotalsTbl DelAmtl Fund Totals Deling Amt 2 61 to 90 Days Fund Fund Totals Deling Amt 2 PDSD FundTotalsTbl DelAmt2 Fund Totals Deling Amt 3 91 or More Days Fund Fund To Deling Amt 3 PDSD FundTotal DelAmt3 Fund Totals Grand Total Balance Fund Fund Totals Grand Total Balance PDSD FundTotalsTbl GrandTotalBalance Fund Totals Grand Total Credit Fund Fund Grand Total Credit PDSD FundTo GrandTotalCredit Fund Totals Grand Total Deductible Fund Fund Grand Total Deductible PDSD FundTo GrandTotalDeductible Fund Totals Grand Total Due Fund Fund Grand Total Due PDSD FundTo GrandTotalDue 10 36 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts
57. Rec Num FundMonthTbl TotRecNum Calc Fund Month Refund U Q Calc Fund Month Refund FundMonthTbl Refund Calc Fund Month Tot Date UO Calc Fund Month Tot Date FundMonthTbl TotDate Calc Fund Month Unigue Fam ID U Q Calc Fund Month Unique Fam ID FundMonthTbl FamRecNum Calc Grp List Activity UO a Grp List Activity ListTbl Activity Calc Grp List Act Order UO Grp List Act Order ListTbl ActOrder Calc Grp List Deling Amt 1 31 to 60 Days uO Grp List Deling Amt 1 ListTbl DelAmtl Calc Grp List Deling Amt 2 61 to 90 Days UO Grp List Deling Ant 2 ListTbl DelAmt2 Calc Grp List Deling Amt 3 91 or More Days U Q Grp List Deling Amt 3 ListTbl DelAmt3 A 3 Calc Grp List Fund Number C Grp List Fund Number P ListTbl FundNumber Calc Grp List Hours Completed Grp List Hours Completed P ListTbl HoursCompleted Calc Grp List Hours Pledged C Grp List Hours Pledged P ListTbl HoursPledged Calc Grp List Hours Remaining C Grp List Hours Remaining P ListTbl HoursRemaining Calc Grp List Is Hours Grp List Is Hours P ListTbl IsHours Calc Grp List Months Delinquent uO ListTbl MonthsDelinquent Calc Grp List Order UO Grp List Order ListTbl Order Calc Grp List Pmt Freg 9 C3 Grp Li
58. Sac List Order Num PDSDMData MemDatesTbl OrderNum Sac List Place SacList Sac List Place PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DatePlace Sac List Status Sachist Sac List Status PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Status Sac List Status Name SacList Sac List Status Name PDSDMData MemDatesTbl StatusName Sac List Use E Mail SacList Sac List Use E Mail PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateUseEMail Sac List Year SacList Sac List Year PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Year Sac List Zip SacList Sac List Zip PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateZip Sac Sponsor Address SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Address PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Address Sac Sponsor City State SacSponsor Sac Sponsor City State PDSDMData MemSponsTbl CityState Sac Sponsor Formal Sal SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Formal Sal PDSDMData MemSponsTbl FormalSal Sac Sponsor Informal Sal SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Informal Sal PDSDMData MemSponsTbl InformalSal Sac Sponsor Mailing Name SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Mailing Name PDSDMData MemSponsTbl MailingName Sac Sponsor Name SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Name PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Name Sac Sponsor Phone SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Phone PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Phone Sac Sponsor Sponsor Type SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Sponsor Type PDSDMData MemSponsTbl SponsorType Sac Sponsor Unlisted SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Unlisted PDSDMData MemSponsTbl Unl Sac Sponsor Zip Code SacSponsor Sac Sponsor Zip Code PDSDMData MemSponsTbl ZipCode Talents End
59. Sal Mem Mem Formal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentFormalSal Mem Full Maiden Name Mem Mem Full Maiden Name PDSDMData MemTbl FullMaidenName Mem Gender Mem Mem Gender PDSDMData MemTbl Gender Mem General Remarks Mem Mem General Remarks PDSDMData MemTbl GenRemarks Mem Grade Mem Mem Grade PDSDMData MemTbl Grade Mem ID Env Number Mem Mem ID Env Number PDSDMData MemTbl MemIDNumber Mem Inactive Mem Mem Inactive PDSDMData MemTbl Inactive 10 16 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Mem Informal Sal Mem Mem Informal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl InformalSal Mem Language Mem Mem Language PDSDMData MemTbl Language Mem Last Name Mem Mem Last Name PDSDMData MemTbl LastName Mem Letter Language Mem Mem Letter Language PDSDMData MemTbl LetterLanguage Mem Location Mem Mem Location PDSDMData MemTbl Location Mem Maiden Name Mem Mem Maiden Name PDSDMData MemTbl MaidenName Mem Mailing Name Mem Mem Mailing Name PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentMailingName Mem Marital Status Mem Mem Marital Status PDSDMData MemTbl MaritalStatus Mem Month Num of Birth Mem
60. Save to overwrite a predefined list or File Save As to save the list under a new name New embedded lists can be created from scratch in the Advanced Report Writer area Each embedded list must be saved with the following format List filename RTM note the dash and the RTM extension Embedded lists must be saved in the program s reports directory For example C PDSCHURCH DATA REPORTS PDS Advanced Report Writer Expanding Letters and Statements e 5 9 Exercise In this exercise we will create an embedded list report a list of members and their ages to be inserted into a family letter Step 1 Start the report The first step is to create the ARW report which will be saved as an embedded list The easiest way to do this is to go into the text of the letter that this list will be embedded From the Main Menu click on Reports Family Reports Letters Statements Family Welcome Letter Click on Next Next Modify the Text of the Letter Click on File Edit List Selections The program will automatically open the Browse dialog with the Data Reports PDS folder open showing all of the other embedded lists Name the file List MemList rtm The filename must begin with List have no spaces and must have an RTM extension Click on Open lokinfar Al e 3 List AllPledges rtm 3 List FundMonth ttm B List H B List Comm rtm 3 List Gifts rtm E ListlF B List Confirm rtm 2 List
61. Src Totals Next Date DM VTotalsTbl NextDate Src Totals Next Reference SrcTotals Src Totals Next Reference DM VTotalsTbl NextReference Sub Inv Amount SubInv Sub Inv Amount DM SubInvTbl Amount Sub Inv Amount Not Voided SubInv Sub Inv Amount Not Voided DM SubInvTbl AmountNotVoided Sub Inv Credit SubInv Sub Inv Credit DM SubInvTbl Credit Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 65 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Sub Inv Date SubInv Sub Inv Date DM SubInvTbl TDate Sub Inv Debit SubInv Sub Inv Debit DM SubInvTbl Debit Sub Inv Description SubInv Sub Inv Description DM SubInvTbl Description Sub Inv Name SubInv Sub Inv Name DM SubInvTbl AccName Sub Inv Number SubInv Sub Inv Number DM SubInvTbl Number Sub Inv Reconciled SubInv Sub Inv Reconciled DM SubInvTbl Reconciled Sub Inv Voided or Reversed SubInv Sub Inv Voided or Reversed DM SubInvTbl VoidedOrReversed Sub Inv Voided SubInv Sub Inv Voided DM SubInvTbl Voided Sub Rev Amount SubRev Sub Rev Amount DM SubRcvTbl Amount Sub Rcv Amount Not Voided SubRcev Sub Rev Amount Not Voided DM SubRcvTbl AmountNotVoided Sub Rcv Credit SubRcy Sub R
62. SubRJETbI TDate RJ E Tm Debit RJETrn R J E Trn Debit DM SubRJETbI Debit R JE Trn Description RJETm R J E Trn Description DM SubRJETbI Description RJ E Trn Voided RJETrn R J E Trn Voided DM SubRJETbI Voided R J E Tm Voided Or Reversed RJETrn R J E Trn Voided Or Reversed DM SubRJETbI VoidedOrReversed Src Abbr Sre Sre Abbr DM VenTDbl Abbr Src Account Number Sre Sre Account Number DM VenTbl CustomerAcctNum Src Blank Sre Sre Blank DM VenTbl Blank Src Corrected Name Src Src Corrected Name DM VenTbl CorrectedName Src Date Changed Src Src Date Changed DM VenTbl DateChanged Src Date Created Src Src Date Created DM VenTbl DateCreated Src Date W9 Reguested Src Src Date W9 Requested DM VenTbl W9Reguested Src Discount Terms Src Src Discount Terms DM VenTbl calcDiscountTerms Src Doing Business as Name Src Src Doing Business as Name DM VenTbl DBAName Src Federal ID Number Src Src Federal ID Number DM VenTbl FedID Src ID Number Src Src ID Number DM VenTbl ID Src Inactive Src Src Inactive DM VenTbl Inactive Src Name Src Src Name DM VenTbl Name Src Organization Type Src Src Organization Type DM VenTbl calcVendorType Src Receives 1099 Src Src Receives 1099 DM VenTbl Receives1099 Src Rema
63. Totals Variance for Year M CoaTotalsTbl VarianceYear Totals Variance YTD to Budget YTD otals Totals Variance YTD to Budget YTD M CoaTotalsTbl VarYTDBudgetYTD Totals Variance YTD to Last Year YTD otals Totals Variance YTD to Last Year YTD M CoaTotalsTbl VarY TDLastYearYTD 0209090909050 ASG uu FC 7079005949429 409090909919 U 419 3 S 2910 4910 4919 499 419 S 419 4910 4319 oo 10 70 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Totals Variance YTD to Total Budget Totals Totals Variance YTD to Total Budget DM CoaTotalsTbl Var YTDTotalBudget Totals YTD Amount Totals Totals YTD Amount DM CoaTotalsTbl YTDAmount Totals YTD Budget Totals Totals YTD Budget DM CoaTotalsTbl YTDBudget Totals YTD Raw Accrual Totals Totals YTD Raw Accrual DM CoaTotalsTbl YTDRawAccrual Totals YTD Raw Cash Totals Totals YTD Raw Cash DM CoaTotalsTbl YTDRawCash Totals YTD Raw Encumbrance Totals Totals YTD Raw Encumbrance DM CoaTotalsTbl YTDRawEncumbrance Trn Amount Not Voided Trn Trn Amount Not Voided DM TrnTbl AmountNotVoided Trn Authorized By Trn Trn Authorized By DM TrnTbl AuthorizedBy Trn Authorized Trn Trn Authorized DM TrnTbl Authorized Trn Batch Number Tr
64. When we create an object that is not one in the ScrnIO we must set a number of its attributes The main attribute that must be set 1s the Parent This tells the program where the object is displayed In most cases this 1s in the new page that we created called CurPage Adding and Accessing Screens e 7 11 Positioning objects If you create an object you also have to set the top left width and height of the object on the screen In the ScrnIO we have declared some variables that we use to set these We initialize them in the CreateNewPage or in the script itself before we create a new page to be a correct size for the current screen size You can use these to if you would like The variables are FontH The height of the font LabelT The top of the next label object Every time an object in the ScrnIO is put on the screen we move this down by the amount in LabelN If you use this you should increment it by LabelN i e LabelT LabelT LabelN LabelH The height of a standard label object LabelL The left position of the label object LabeIN The increment to go to the next line down Usually this is the same as the EditN EditT The top of the next edit object Every time an object in the ScrnIO is put on the screen we move this down by the amount in EditN If you use this you should increment it by EditN i e EditT EditT EditN EditH The height of a standard edit object EditL The left position of the edit object Edit
65. Y1 M9 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M9 DM CoaPYTbI BudgetY 1M9 Prior Totals Budget Y2 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M1 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M1 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M1 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M10 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M10 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M10 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M11 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M11 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M11 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M12 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M12 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M12 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M2 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M2 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M2 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M3 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M3 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M3 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M4 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M4 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M4 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M5 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M5 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M5 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M6 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M6 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M6 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M7 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M7 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M7 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M8 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M8 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M8 Prior Totals Budget Y2 M9 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y2 M9 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY2M9 Prior Totals Budget Y3 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M1 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M1 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M1 Pr
66. YTD DMEnmployee tblEmp1099 IncomeYTD Emp1099 Is Contract Emp1099 Emp1099 Is Contract DMEmployee tblEmpl 099 IsContract Emp1099 State 1 Abbr ti 8 099 Emp1099 State 1 Abbr MEmployee tblEmp1099 State1 Abbr J Emp1099 State 1 ID es mp1099 Emp1099 State 1 ID MEmployee tblEmp1099 State1ID J Emp1099 State 1 Income YTD tri mp1099 Emp1099 State 1 Income YTD MEmployee tblEmp1099 Statel IncomeY TD J Emp1099 State 1 Withholding YTD Ies mp1099 Emp1099 State 1 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmp1099 Statel WHY TD J Emp1099 State 2 Abbr tri mpl099 Emp1099 State 2 Abbr MEmployee tblEmp1099 State2Abbr J Emp1099 State 2 ID es mp1099 Emp1099 State 2 ID MEmployee tblEmp1099 State2ID J 10 50 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp1099 State 2 Income YTD Emp1099 Emp1099 State 2 Income YTD MEmployee tblEmp1099 State2IncomeY TD J Emp1099 State 2 Withholding YTD es mp1099 Emp1099 State 2 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmp1099 State2WHYTD J Emp1099 Withholding QTD tri mp1099 Emp1099 Withholding QTD MEmployee tblEmp1099 WithholdingOTD J Emp1099 Withholding YTD tri mp1099 Emp1099 Withholding
67. You are invited to the Adults Only celebration lt end gt You can also use ELSE IF to specify more than one condition Example if Fam Fam Number of Children gt 0 gt You are invited to the Children s Day celebration else if Fam Fam Number of Children 0 and Fam Fam Number of Members gt 0 gt You are invited to the Adults Only celebration else if Fam Fam Number of Members 1 gt You are invited to the Singles Dance lt end gt When creating ELSE or ELSE IF conditions make sure that in the end all conditions are accounted for otherwise you may get a blank letter for some families Example if Fam Fam Number of Children gt 1 gt You are invited to the Children s Day celebration else if Fam Fam Number of Children 1 gt You are invited to the Families with Only Children celebration lt end gt In the above example the program would generate blank letters for families with no children at all The correct structure would be like this Example if Fam Fam Number of Children gt 1 gt You are invited to the Children s Day celebration else if Fam Fam Number of Children 1 gt You are invited to the Families with Only Children celebration lt else gt You are invited to the Childless Families celebration lt end gt Important Note All IF statements whether using ELSE ELSE IF or IF alone must end with an END statement in the for
68. and Regions The report will look similar to this GS Advanced Report Writer Report Mike HW 2 Ele Edit View Repot GlobalVariables Templates Help Design Preview amp mmm 07 K gt Di Alejandro Tiffany Alejandro Tiffany Aglugub Aurora Oliver Aglugub Aurora Aglugub Oliver Acpal Rogelio Helen Acpal Rogelio Acpal Helen Adolpho Margaret Adolpho Margaret Adona Ben Betty Adona Ben Adona Betty Asa Reuben Lynnette Fig 3 4 The sub report prints each member within the family You can right click on a sub report to change its options or properties An ellipsis in the property name indicates additional controls Bring to Front Send to Back Moves a sub report in front of or in back of other objects Child The sub report is a dependent part of the report printing when called by the main report Fixed Lock the position size and other elements of the sub report independent and regardless of objects around it The opposite would be ShiftRelativeTo Section The sub report prints and acts separately from the main report or other sub reports including printer paper margins etc Used to create several separate reports in one Drill Down Connects a sub report to an object When the object is selected in Preview mode the contents of the sub report are displayed and printed KeepTogether Keep all parts of a sub report together on one page Do not break contents across
69. fi1l6S oce 2er Suse tr ees 1 4 OYV ryl W i GGH M 2 1 The Work ADLIC C nn non 2 1 ETE C 2 2 Objectst ER 2 2 Adding an Object este eee eec Ei true aires 2 3 Labels and Metros ie ot eR pire RWYDD dI CYD 2 3 lub E C 2 4 System Vartables aiu eie Wedi east mania 2 4 Variables 5e hie dre E dure e lieb msn 2 5 Shapes and EINES 3o ree S Me Ee Re OE eds ded 2 5 Data Fields 2 coner Rr pre eb men 2 6 Data Calculations a een 2 6 Data Images est e 2 7 Selecting Ob Jects eee ete artnet nalen 2 7 Right Click on ObJ cts ae sn deeem e RR E D an Rasa 2 8 Moving Objects esee ae eese nn ERE D sahne ae 2 9 Report Tree and Data Tree ssersoessnssesssessonsnonsnnnsnnssnnssnnssnnennnssnnssnnssnnssnnsannnanne 2 10 Report It enion erneute Sins iproe nr 2 10 D t Treeiias ee EI EI 2 11 HK culpe 2 12 PDS Easy List Template 4 stie RE NEEDS aka 2 12 PDS Header Footer Template sssssssseseeeneeeeeneenene 2 13 Fonts and Page Style sse eene 2 14 luii PA CM M 2 15 Exercise e D 2 15 hr cm K 2 18 Overview esse e eb PRESS PRESE RD use PVP FN FFF Fa 3 1 SUb r pOLrtS icis ee esos ea FN HR a SEES NES EVE hessen here 3 1 Adding a Sub report a5 esis ties eb singen 3 1 Data Pipe lite Su oe
70. gt Members of family and amount each has paid lt List Receipt History With Desc gt Activity history with date and description lt List Running Total gt Activity history with cumulative due paid totals lt List Simple Totals gt Total Pledged Paid Balance for all funds selected The lists for Formation Ledger and Ledger Payroll are found in Chapter 11 Appendix 5 8 e Expanding Letters and Statements Advanced Report Writer The underlying ARW structure of embedded lists can be viewed by clicking on File Edit List Sections Ope BE Losin e List AllPledges rtm 2 List FundMonth rtm 2 List H 3 List Comm rtm 3 List Gifts rtm 3 ListlF 2 List Confirm rtm 2 List GrpList rtm 3 List v 2 List CouponBottom rtm 2 List GrpList2 rtm 3 List F 2 List CouponT op tm 2 List GrpList3 rtm Lis R 3 List Deling rtm 2 List HistList rtm 3 List S gt JList AllPledges rtm File name Files of type List Reports Cancel Zi Fig 5 8 This is the List All Pledges embedded list as seen in the ARW editor Design Preview A Elm 2 eu a ow aA SNUBS han Jnem mam sms gm m ee m sim z u NA l Is o ging Variable otal amount pledged otal paid to date otal balance percentage of total Fig 5 9 Each embedded list can be modified following the guidelines in the first four chapters Once modified click on File
71. helps to indent some parts of the code to make the routines more readable The capitalization of the statements and objects in the code is not important Most if not all of the code embedded in a report is associated with an event on an object Right click on an object to see the attributes and the events which are at the bottom Clicking on one of these events takes you to the code editor for that event The code editor will always put in a BEGIN END statement It may put in additional code to help you with that object For example in the Get Text event of a label the code editor automatically puts in a TEXT statement since you are most likely going to be setting the text of the label There are a number of different types of statements listed below Some of the examples in the following section may use types of statements that are defined later in the list The BEGIN END statement 1s used to group other statements There are many times when you want to treat a number of statements as a block of statements You can use a BEGIN and END to create a block of statements You usually indent the statements that are inside the block to make it more readable Examples of this can be seen in the IF THEN statement Local variables are created by adding a declaration statement before the very first BEGIN in an event So if we select an event the code editor puts in the initial code for us begin
72. in the Detail band of the sub report will be repeated once for each item That process will be repeated for each item in the Detail band of the Main report If you are using several sub reports you may want to use the Report Tree described on page 2 10 3 2 e Sub reports Groups and Regions Advanced Report Writer Exercise To illustrate sub reports let s create a family report with a member sub report 1 Create a new ARW report 2 Inthe Detail band of the Main report put in a DBText object and connect it to Fam Fam Name Right click on Fam Name and check Autosize 3 Also in the Detail band put in a Sub report beneath the Fam Name i Advanced Report Writer Report Mike HW 2 A B Ns El Pu amp at zm We____ ene 0 0 0 mE same ws IE EZ TE E E cur Alejandro Tiffan PDSSubReportl No Data Pipeline Assigned 4 Select the sub report and assign the data pipeline with the Data Pipeline Name drop down list on the Toolbar 5 Click on the sub report s tab at the bottom of the workspace 6 Turn off the Title and Summary bands by clicking on Report Title and Report Summary 7 Inthe Detail band of the Sub report put in a DBText object and connect it to Mem Mem Name Autosize it and move it 0 5 inch to the right Re size the Detail band to match the Mem Name 8 Click on Preview Advanced Report Writer Sub reports Groups and Regions e 3 3 Right Click on Sub reports 3 4 e Sub reports Groups
73. prints at the top of each page at the very top of the report before the Header on the first page The Summary will appear at the very end of the report before the Footer on the last page Advanced Report Writer Detail prints once for each item inside Footer prints at the bottom of each page Summary prints at the end of the report before the footer on the last page Report Basics e 2 1 Objects 2 2 e Report Basics Workspace bands can be made smaller or larger by clicking and pulling the gray bars up or down The band s height can be set to re adjust to match its contents or stay static Right click on the gray bar and choose DynamicHeight When printing the vertical size of the band fluctuates depending on the objects inside This can be used to eliminate white space between families printed StaticHeight When printing the vertical size of the band remains constant regardless of the size of the objects inside This can be used to create extra white space in the report between families printed Toolbars The toolbars consist of a mix of objects and formatting elements An object is something that can be placed in the report such as a label data field variable or image Formatting elements are ways to modify the objects such as bold italic and font color or change the object s position such as nudge left align and center The toolbars can be turned off or on by clickin
74. ps treet Carrier Route M FamTbl StreetCarrierRoute Fam Street City i treet City M FamTbl StreetCity Fam Street DP y treet DP FamTbl StreetDP Fam Street E Mail S treet E Mail FamTbl EMail Fam Street Zip S treet Zip FamTbl StreetZip Fam Street Address Block S treet Address Block FamTbl StreetAddressBlock Fam Street Prefers E Mail treet Prefers E Mail FamTbl EMailOverMail Fam Suffix MIS uffix Fam Title i HESS itle Fam Unique ID S FamTbl Suffix FamTbl Title nique ID FamTbl FamRecNum Fam Use Alt ps se AIt UL SS rj 3 M FamTbl UseAlt Fam Use E Mail T se E Mail M FamTbl UseEMail Fam X Phone List Phone List M amTbl XPhoneList Fam Zip u ip M FamTbl Zip Fam Zip DP E ip DP M FamTbl ZipDP Fam Zip Prefix ip Prefix M FamTbl ZipPrefix Fam Zip Route l ip Route M FamTbl ZipRoute Fam Keyword Description e Fam Keyword Description M EFamKWTbl Description Fam Letters Date Le Fam Letters Date DM FamLetTbl Date Fam Letters Description e Fam Letters Description LetTbl Name Fam Letters Note OE 7 v B m am Letters Note LetTbl Note Fam Letters Type E 3 s S am Letters Type LetTbl Type
75. reports Groups and Regions e 3 7 Exercise Borrowing from the exercise in chapter 2 create a Region next to the Family Phone List and place these objects inside A label and data field for Date Registered A label and data field for Geographic Area A label and data field for Family Status Place a line object under each data field This has the effect of creating a fill in the blanks area If the data is already in the program it will appear on the lines otherwise the lines are blank and ready to be completed FEDERE FETT FUR ERNEUT ES RE ERRARE 5 foi z 3353 Report Title Man Loon Jeff Jeane M M F O Box 322 02 278 9932 Home L eoria AZ 85338 02 344 2334 Cell ate Registered 0 05 1990 02 398 4324 Unl Alternate Geog Area 2133 F Family Status Couple Detail _ 0 uesdav June 3 2003 935 am Footer Fig 3 8 Click on Preview The report should look similar to this Advanced Report Writer Report New Adv Report File Edt View Repot Global Variables Templates Help Design Preview a mns o wal Ze Owner Name Report Title Van Loon Jeff Jeane M M P O Box 322 602 278 9932 Home i Peoria AZ 85338 602 344 2334 Cell Date Registered 10 05 1990 602 398 4324 Unl Alternate Geog Area 21 33 jivanloon yahoo com Family Status Couple Harcourt Elizabeth Mrs 8745 N Forest Grove Ln 602 846 1937 Unl Home Aspen
76. said Retry Else If I mrIgnore Then ShowMessage You said Ignore Else ShowMessage You did Cancel or pressed the X End Where there is more than one question or the response is some text the user must enter we need to create a new screen in the report dialog We sometimes refer to this as a second layout screen Screen In order to make this easier we have included a library of common routines called routines ScrnIO pas which stands for Screen Input Output It is in the reports folder of all of our programs It can be accessed in a script by putting Uses scrnio at the top of the script Note In all following examples you don t have to use the variable names S L E and N use the names of the variables you declare or literals of the right type i e strings where strings go and integers where integers go Also don t put in the variable types such as string or TCheckbox they are here for reference only 7 2 e Adding and Accessing Screens Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer ScrnIO adds the following routines to the script NewScreenPage This adds a new page to the report wizard and sets everything up to use it This initializes all the internal variables used to position fields AddHeading S string L TLabel Add a heading label with the caption of S The actual label object is returned to you in the variable you put as L For example AddHeading Talent
77. sorts courtesy copy sorts billing address sorts and any family or member sort that does not fit as SQL It can have more than one entry on a family The easiest way to use the MailTbl is to add two lines to the default section of UDR Advanced Report Writer Special Sorts e 8 1 8 2 e Special Sorts OrderMailTbl 1 ForceMailTbl 1 This will cause the OrderMailTbl event to fire every time the program is ready to add an item to the MailTbl You can then put in your own key value by setting PDSDMData MailTblKey AsString to a value or calculation that you want When this event fires all of the tables are setup and ready to be used including FamTbl and MemTbl An example of this can be found in the Church Office financial reports The List in Order by Amount report uses this method to do the sort The script for this is procedure AfterLoadReport begin RepDlg SortCB Items Clear RepDlg SortCB Items Add Grand Total Paid Ascending 9 0 RepDlg SortCB Items Add Grand Total Paid Descending 9 1 RepDlg SortCB ItemIndex 0 end procedure OrderMailTbl var S string r integer begin Recalculate grand total based on family and member info r PDSDMData MailTblSepStmtRec AsInteger PDSDMCalc MainSepStmtRec r PDSDMCalc BuildFundTbl PDSDMCalc BuildFundInfoTbl if RepDlg SortCB ItemIndex 1 then s FloatToStr 1000000000 00 PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTblGrandTotalTotalPaid AsString else s FloatT
78. tblEmpW2 Name J Emp W2 Nationwid QTD t mpW2 Emp W2 Nationwid QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Benefit2OTD J Emp W2 Nationwid YTD m mpW2 Emp W2 Nationwid YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Benefit2YTD J Emp W2 Net Federal Wage QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Net Federal Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 NetFederalWageOTD J Emp W2 Net Federal Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Net Federal Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 NetFederalWageYTD J Emp W2 Net Local Wage QTD m mpW2 Emp W2 Net Local Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 NetLocalWageOTD J Emp W2 Net Local Wage YTD m mpW2 Emp W2 Net Local Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 NetLocalWageYTD J Emp W2 Net State Wage QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Net State Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 NetStateWageOTD J Emp W2 Net State Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Net State Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 NetStateWageY TD J Emp W2 Reimbursements QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Reimbursements OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 ReimbursementsOTD J Emp W2 Reimbursements YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Reimbursements YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 ReimbursementsYTD J Emp W2 Retirement Plan tri mpW2 Emp W2 Retirement Plan MEmployee tblEmpW2 RetirementPlan J Emp W2 SDIF Raw Wage QTD m mpW2 Emp W2 SDIF Raw Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SDIFRawWageQTD J Emp W2 SDIF Raw Wage YTD m mpW2 Emp W2 S
79. text OK on its face mbCancel A button with the text Cancel on its face mbAbort A button with the text Abort on its face mbRetry A button with the text Retry on its face mblgnore A button the text Ignore on its face mbAll A button with the text All on its face mbNoToAll A button with the text No to All on its face mbYesToAll A button with the text Yes to All on its face mbHelp A button with the text Help on its face Adding and Accessing Screens e 7 1 The last item is the HelpContext which for us would always be the number zero This function will return which button was pressed This will be one of the following values mrNone The X in the top right corner was pressed mrYes The Yes was pressed mrNo The No was pressed mrOk The Ok was pressed mrCancel The Cancel was pressed mrAbort The Abort was pressed mrRetry The Retry was pressed mrlgnore The Ignore was pressed mrAll The All was pressed For example we want a message asking if the user is sure with buttons for Yes and No If PDSMessageDlg Are you sure mtConfirmation MkSet mbYes mbNo 0 mrYes Then ShowMessage You said Yes Else ShowMessage You did not say Yes You can save the result in an integer if you need to have more than one button For example Var I integer Begin I PDSMessageDlg What should we do mtError MkSet mbRetry mrIgnore mbCancel 0 If I mrRetry Then ShowMessage You
80. the report to be run when a particular event occurs The code is a list of instructions in a form that the computer can understand The computer will run this by loading each instruction and doing what that instruction tells it to do The code is only part ofthe story In addition to the code there is also the information or data The code uses and manipulates this data Code and data together make it possible to do complicated things in the reports The code editor is where the code for an event or object is entered The code editor can be accessed in a variety ofplaces The easiest way is to right click on an object and choose one of its events such as Get Text or Do Before Print For example this is the code editor for Labell for the event Do Before Print GS labell Do Before Print Torx Haara Line 1 Col 1 begin Labell Caption Copy Fam Fam Name 1 1 if Fam Fam Unique ID lt gt CurRec then if Labell Caption lt gt FirstChar then Labell Visible true else Labell Visible false CurRec Fam Fam Unique ID FirstChar Labell Caption end Insert a Data Field Save Insert an Object Attribute Cancel Fig 4 1 If the object is a variable you can right click and choose Calculations This will open the code editor for the calculations of that variable You can click on Embedded Code Define Global Variables or Initialize Global Variables to open the code editor for the global variables
81. this structure Click on Reports Financial Reports Financial Statements Letter to Those Pledging Next Next Modify the Text of the Letter RA Editing Letter to Those Pledging File C PDSCHURCH10K_STD Data Reports PDS PDS2028 rtf Eile Edit View Insert Format Table Fr jw mama Te s m s ded QE o oo gg sg NENNEN ur Calc Fund Fund Names is now well underway Like many others am sure you would like to know how we are doing with this campaign which is so important At the present time this is our status with the campaign List All Pledges gt For your records we show that you have contributed the following lt List Simple Totals List Gifts Thank you for your commitment to our Calc Fund Fund Name Your generosity makes it possible for us to prepare for the many challenges we face In the name of our community want to express my deep appreciation As you know we are dependent on the free will offerings of our members This is especially true in our Calc Fund Fund Name We need your assistance to accomplish the goals of the program would encourage you to try and keep your payments up to date as much as possible This will enable us to accomplish a great deal over the remainder of the Project As you know we are dependent on the free will offerings of our members This is especially true in our Calc Fund Fund Name We need your assistance to accomplish the goals of the program more th
82. to Each type of object can have its own unigue events For example a label can have an event called Get Text Code attached to this event is run when the computer needs to know what the text of that label is We can use this event to customize the text of a label The last form of data is variables Unfortunately there is also a type of object called a variable In this case we are not referring to that object but to temporary boxes for holding data that are defined and set inside the code There are two types of variables global and local Global and local variables differ only in how long they exist Global variables exist as long as the report is running and are created by clicking on Embedded Code Define Global Variable on the tool bar Click on Embedded Code Initialize Global Variable to set the initial value of the variable Local variables are created in the event code itself They only exist as long as the event where they are defined is being used There is a Local Variable declaration section later which gives more detail on this Embedded Code e 4 5 BEGIN END statements Local Variable declarations 4 6 e Embedded Code Code The computer language used for the code in events is Pascal It has been around since the 1970 s In Pascal code is divided up into routines Each routine can be a single statement or can be made up of a group of other statements Each statement must end with a semicolon It also
83. to create complicated formations Export Events When you define a report as being an export the program provides 3 more events BeforeBuildExport boolean AfterBuildExport FinishBuildExport Boolean Called before the export is run You can use this event in conjuction with the PrintDefaultReport to tell the program that this is not a normal export That means we will be handling all of the writing to the file None of the built in code for writing will be needed Called after the internal export is run If we are handling the export then it is called right after the BeforeBuildExport After the export the program would usually bring up a dialog that says the export is finished Sometimes we might bring up a different dialog or a summary screen We return false i e Result false if we don t want the default dialog box to show up Using these events we can create a simple export We start by going to the family report screen and adding a new report We choose Export for the type of report Now we go into the script editor and enter the following var f TextFile function PrintDefaultReport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE THE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end function BeforeBuildExport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE THE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end Exporting and Importing Data e 9 1 Improving the Export
84. trick the computer into thinking it has not yet seen the first record before We do this in the PrintDefaultReport event procedure PrintDefaultReport begin Force the program to recalculate just before the report starts to print If we don t do that the first record is wrong PDSDMCalc MainCurCalcFamRec 0 PDSDMData FamTbl First end Special Sortse8 7 Database Tables There are occasions where there is either too much information or we want to keep the information around where we want to create and use an actual database table instead of a memory table We also may want to create a table that is not a new table but just a connection to an existing table For example in the Member Involvement reports we create a table to access to the ministries and the ministry statuses We then use these tables in a set of grids to give the user the ability to select ministries to print In this case we don t need to have a pipeline since the table we are creating is just for use in the layout screen not in the report Build Table MinTbl TwwTable Create CurForm MinTbl Active false MinTbl TableType ttParadox MinTbl DatabaseName PDSDMData FamTbl DatabaseName MinTbl TableName MinType db MinTbl IndexFieldNames Description MinTbl FieldDefs Update MinSelFld TBooleanField Create CurForm MinSel
85. trim DMReport MainRepName SINE try IniFile WriteInteger LastInfo MemGroup MemGroup ItemIndex IniFile WriteInteger LastInfo AgeGradeGrp AgeGradeGrp ItemIndex IniFile WriteBool LastInfo ChkPgNum PageNumCBYes Checked IniFile WriteBool LastInfo ChkSepPg SepPageCBYes Checked IniFile WriteBool LastInfo FonYes FonCBYes Checked finally IniFile Free IniFile nil end end end After running this report the INI file will have a LastInfo section LastInfo MemGroup 3 AgeGradeGrp 2 ChkPgNum Yes ChkSepPg No FonYes Yes Adding and Accessing Screens e 7 7 The reading of the INI file goes at the end of the AfterLoadReport event We put it there because we want the screen object to already exist That way we don t need to keep temporary variables around to hold the items stored in the INI file We load them directly into the screen objects READ INI FILE set the initial values IniFile TIniFile Create trim DMReport MainRepName dn try MemGroup ItemIndex IniFile ReadInteger LastInfo MemGroup 0 AgeGradeGrp ItemIndex IniFile ReadInteger LastInfo AgeGradeGrp 0 PageNumCBYes Checked IniFile ReadBool LastInfo ChkPgNum true SepPageCBYes Checked IniFile ReadBool LastInfo ChkSepPg true FonCBYes Checked IniFile ReadBool LastInfo FonYes true FieldsRead true finally IniFile Free IniFile nil end Communicating with the Repo
86. two pages ParentWidth Make this sub report the same width as the workspace Position Where is the sub report positioned in the workspace including width and height ShiftRelativeTo Keep the position of the sub report relative to another sub report or object Stretch Automatically sizes the sub report vertically to match its contents Visible Make the sub report and its contents visible or invisible Advanced Report Writer Groups A group is a special kind of band consisting of a Header and Footer that surrounds the Detail band It can be used to keep the objects of the Detail together on a page or to indicate when to start the next Detail on the next page For example you have the Family Name Address and E mail in the Detail As the report prints a family s information may break be split between two pages You want to keep the family s information together if there s not enough room on the first page print it all on the second page Creating a group around the Detail will keep the family together Add a Group To create a group click on Report Groups The first step is to choose a field to Groups n xi be used as the Break On point As the program loops through the Groups Fam Fam Unique ID Detail each pass that includes this field is considered a group to be kept together The Break On field can be an internal Data Field or a Custom Field The Groups drop down list shows what is av
87. 2 Emp W2 State 1 Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Statel WageYTD J Emp W2 State 1 Withholding YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 1 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Statel WHYTD J Emp W2 State 2 Abbr t mpW2 Emp W2 State 2 Abbr MEmployee tblEmpW2 State2Abbr J Emp W2 State 2 ID t mpW2 Emp W2 State 2 ID MEmployee tblEmpW2 State2ID J Emp W2 State 2 Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 2 Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 State2WageYTD J Emp W2 State 2 Withholding YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 2 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 State2WHYTD J Emp W2 State 3 Abbr t mpW2 Emp W2 State 3 Abbr MEmployee tblEmpW2 State3Abbr J Emp W2 State 3 ID m mpW2 Emp W2 State 3 ID MEmployee tblEmpW2 State3ID J Emp W2 State 3 Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 3 Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 State3 WageYTD J Emp W2 State 3 Withholding YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 3 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 State3 WHYTD J Emp W2 State 4 Abbr m mpW2 Emp W2 State 4 Abbr MEmployee tblEmpW2 State4Abbr J Emp W2 State 4 ID t mpW2 Emp W2 State 4 ID MEmployee tblEmpW2 State4ID J Emp W2 State 4 Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 4 Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Stated WageYTD J Emp W2 State 4 Withholding YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State 4 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 State4WHY
88. 2 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Sac List City State SacList Sac List City State PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateCityState Sac List Date SacList Sac List Date PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Date Sac List Day SacList Sac List Day PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Day Sac List E Mail SacList Sac List E Mail PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateEMail Sac List Month Num SacList Sac List Month Num PDSDMData MemDatesTbl MonthNum Sac List Month SacList Sac List Month PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Month Sac List Name SacList Sac List Name PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateName Sac List Order Num SacList Sac List Order Num PDSDMData MemDatesTbl OrderNum Sac List Place SacList Sac List Place PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DatePlace Sac List Status SacList Sac List Status PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Status Sac List Status Name SacList Sac List Status Name PDSDMData MemDatesTbl StatusName Sac List Use E Mail SacList Sac List Use E Mail PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateUseEMail Sac List Year SacList Sac List Year PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Year Sac List Zip SacList Sac List Zip PDSDMData MemDatesTbl
89. 322 Peoria AZ 85338 jjvanloong yahoo com Phones 602 278 9932 Home 602 344 2334 Cell 602 398 4324 Unl Alternate ID Name Phones Address E Mail 2 Harcourt Elizabeth Mrs 8745 N Forest Grove Ln 602 846 1937 Unl Home Aspen CO 81611 303 925 2222 Alternate Addr Fig 3 7 Advanced Report Writer Add a Region Right Click on a Region Advanced Report Writer Regions A region is an object that is used to group other objects together It is different than a Group in that it doesn t encompass the entire Detail band and has no break points It is different than a sub report in that it doesn t have its own tab or its own Header Detail Footer bands and cannot have a different data pipeline than the band it 1s in One of its main uses is to box a number of objects together so that they can be made visible or not visible as a group It can also be set to Shift Relative to another object sub report or region A region is added like any other object To add a region click on the H Region button then click in the workspace E To get objects into a region Create the region first then drop objects into it Anything moved completely into a region is considered part of the region Now as you move the Region all of the objects inside move with it To remove an object from a region Click on the object and drag it outside of the region The Report Tree will also show the Region and the objects inside of it R
90. Act Function CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Function PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Function Calc Fund Act Fund Number CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Fund Number PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl FundNumber Calc Fund Act Group Name CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Group Name PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl GroupName Calc Fund Act Group Order CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Group Order PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl GroupOrder Calc Fund Act Order CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Order PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Order 10 6 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Calc Fund Act Recap Amount CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Recap Amount PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl RecapAmount Calc Fund Act Recur Amount CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Recur Amount PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl RecurAmount Calc Fund Act Recur Desc CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Recur Desc PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl RecurDesc Calc Fund Act Recur Period CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Recur Period PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl RecurPeriod Calc Fund Act Rep Func CalcFundAc
91. ActualY 1M8 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M9 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y1 M9 YTbl ActualY 1M9 Prior Totals Actual Y2 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y2 YTbl ActualY2 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M1 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M1 YTbl ActualY2M 1 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M10 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M10 YTbl Actualy2M10 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M11 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M11 YTbl ActualY2M 1 1 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M12 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M12 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M12 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M2 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M2 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M2 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M3 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M3 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M3 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M4 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M4 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M4 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M5 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M 5 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M5 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M6 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M6 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M6 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M7 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M7 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M7 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M8 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M8 s Prior Totals Actual Y2 M8 Prior Totals Actual Y2 M9 PriorTota DM CoaPYTbl ActualY2M9
92. Addl Status Sac Sac First Comm Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Addl Sac First Comm Date Sac Sac First Comm Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Date Sac First Comm Day of First Comm Sac Sac First Comm Day of First Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4DayofDate4 Sac First Comm Extra Info Sac Sac First Comm Extra Info PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Extra Sac First Comm Month Num of First Comm Sac Sac First Comm Month Num of First Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4MonthNumofDate4 Sac First Comm Month of First Comm Sac Sac First Comm Month of First Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4MonthofDate4 Sac First Comm Notes Sac Sac First Comm Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Notes Sac First Comm Performed By Sac Sac First Comm Performed By p DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4PerformedBy 1 Sac First Comm Performed Sac Sac First Comm Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Perf Sac First Comm Place Sac Sac First Comm Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4PlaceBlock Sac First Comm Sponsor List Sac Sac First Comm Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4SponsorList Sac First Comm Status Sac Sac First Comm Status p DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Status 1 Sac First Comm Year of First Comm Sac Sac First Comm Year of First Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4YearofDate4 Sac Marriage Addl Status Sac Sac Marriage Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl
93. Align Middle This button aligns objects in a vertical stack around a common middle Align Center This button aligns side by side objects along a common center Space Vertically This button puts an equal amount of vertical space between each selected object Space Horizontally This button puts an equal amount of horizontal space between each selected object Center Horizontally This button centers objects between the left and right margins Center Vertically This button centers objects between the top and bottom margins Report Tree and Data Tree The Report Tree and Data Tree are useful tools for finding your objects and associating fields with them The Report Tree shows an outline of the report and an outline of the objects Report Outline E Main Fam To see the Report Tree click on MemCount Mem View Toolbars Report Tree The top portion is the Report Outline a breakdown of the different sub reports in use The bottom portion is the Object Outline a Object Outline Es Header 2 SystemVariablel Ej Group Header U ppVariablel breakdown of each band and the objects within Variable ae Group Header 1 Fam Address 1 Objects and sub reports can be renamed Right click mv on the name ie DBTextl and type in a more FA DBTex2 descriptive name ie FamilyName You cannot use MemCount spaces in the name The Report Tree can be docked to the side of the screen by dragging the
94. Asset Accumulated Depreciation Account Name sset Asset Accumulated Depreciation Account Name M AssetTbl AccAcctName Asset Accumulated Depreciation Account Number sset Asset Accumulated Depreciation Account Number M AssetTbl AccAcctNum Asset Category sset Asset Category M AssetTbl Category Asset Current Value sset Asset Current Value M AssetTbl CurrentValue Asset Date Changed sset Asset Date Changed M AssetTbl DateChanged Asset Date Created sset Asset Date Created M AssetTbl DateCreated Asset Depreciation Method sset Asset Depreciation Method M AssetTbl DeprMethod Asset Depr Next Amount sset Asset Depr Next Amount M AssetTbl DeprNewAmount J lg SIO SIS SIO SIO SIO elg gt IU gt l SIO gt IJ gt J gt J elg gt PO gt gt gt gt 0 gt 10 PO gt PO gt gt 0 gt gt 0 lg lg gt IU Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 47 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Asset Depr Next Date Asset Asset Depr Next Date M AssetTbl DeprNextDate Asset First Month Larger sset Asset First Month Larger M AssetTbl FirstMonthLarger Asset Fixed Asset Account Name sset Asset Fixed Asset Account Name M AssetTbl AssetAcctName Asset Fixed Asset Account Number sset Asset Fix
95. D MEmployee tblEmpW2 GrossLocalWageYTD Emp W2 Gross State Wage OTD Ou mpW2 Emp W2 Gross State Wage OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 GrossStateWageOTD Emp W2 Gross State Wage YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Gross State Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 GrossStateWageYTD Emp W2 Is Non Contract Ow mpW2 Emp W2 Is Non Contract MEmployee tblEmpW2 IsNonContract Emp W2 Local I Name On mpW2 Emp W2 Local 1 Name MEmployee tblEmpW2 LocallName Emp W2 Local I Wage YTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Local 1 Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Locall WageY TD Emp W2 Local 1 Withholding YTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Local 1 Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Locall WHYTD 10 56 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp W2 Local 2 Name EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 2 Name DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 Local2Name Emp W2 Local 2 Wage YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 2 Wage YTD DMEmployee tbIEmpW2 Local2WageYTD Emp W2 Local 2 Withholding YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 2 Withholding YTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 LocalAWHYTD Emp W2 Local 3 Name EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 3 Name DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 Local3Name Emp W2 Local 3 Wage YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 3 Wage YTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 Local3WageYTD Emp W2 Local 3 Withholding YTD Emp
96. DIF Raw Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SDIFRawWageYTD J Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 57 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp W2 SDIF Wage QTD EmpW2 Emp W2 SDIF Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SDIFWageQTD J Emp W2 SDIF Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 SDIF Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SDIFWageYTD J Emp W2 SDIF Withholding QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 SDIF Withholding OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SDIFWithholdingOTD J Emp W2 SDIF Withholding YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 SDIF Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SDIFWithholdingY TD J Emp W2 SSN t mpW2 Emp W2 SSN MEmployee tblEmpW2 SSN J Emp W2 SS Wage QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 SS Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SSWageOTD J Emp W2 SS Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 SS Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SSWageYTD J Emp W2 SS Withholding QTD m mpW2 Emp W2 SS Withholding QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SSWithholdingOTD J Emp W2 SS Withholding YTD t mpW2 Emp W2 SS Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SS Withholding YTD J Emp W2 State 1 Abbr m mpW2 Emp W2 State 1 Abbr MEmployee tblEmpW2 Statel Abbr J Emp W2 State 1 ID t mpW2 Emp W2 State 1 ID MEmployee tblEmpW2 State1ID J Emp W2 State 1 Wage YTD tri mpW
97. DM InvTbl Voided Prior Totals Actual Y1 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 DM CoaPYTDbl ActualY 1 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M1 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M1 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M1 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M10 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M10 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M10 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M11 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M11 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY1M11 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M12 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M12 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M12 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M2 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M2 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M2 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M3 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M3 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M3 Prior Totals Actual YI M4 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M4 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M4 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M5 PriorTotals Prior Totals Actual Y1 M5 DM CoaPYTbl ActualY 1M5 10 60 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Prior Totals Actual YI M6 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y1 M6 YTbl ActualY 1M6 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M7 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y1 M7 YTbl ActualY1M7 Prior Totals Actual Y1 M8 PriorTota DM CoaP s Prior Totals Actual Y1 M8 Y Tbl
98. DSDMCalc CalcFundHistTblFEDate AsDateTime if dl gt d then d dl end Next end end Get the last recurring description if s then with PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl do begin First while s and not eof do begin sl trim PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTblRecurDesc AsString if sie then s sl Next end end Next end First Move back to the first record just in case anything depends on that end code continued on next page Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer continued from previous page THERE IS ONLY A SINGLE RECORD SO EDIT IT AND PUT IN THE NEW VALUES NewFieldTbl Edit NewFieldTbl FieldByName Order AsInteger PDSDMData FamTblFamRecNum AsInteger NewFieldTbl FieldByName TermsAndRate AsString s i pos s if i lt gt 0 then begin NewFieldTbl FieldByName Terms AsString copy s i 1 40 s CleanAmount copy s 1 i1 NewFieldTbl FieldByName Rate AsCurrency StrToCurr s end else begin NewFieldTbl FieldByName Terms AsString s NewFieldTbl FieldByName Rate AsCurrency 70 end if d 0 then d now NewFieldTbl FieldByName LastDate AsDateTime d NewFieldTbl Post end In the Church office programs we have built in some optimizations to try and speed up reports Once a family is read in it is not recalculated Well in this case we want to recalculate it after we have connected it So we need to
99. DSDMCalc CalcFundMonthTbl Credit Calc Fund Month Disp Date CalcFundMonth Calc Fund Month Disp Date PDSDMCalc CalcFundMonthTbl DispDate Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 7 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Calc Fund Month Due Calc Fund Mont FundMonthTbl Due h Due Calc Fund Month Fund Name Calc F nd Mon Fund Name ndName rj ct Calc Fund Month Fund Number Calc F u FundMonthTbl u FundMont nd Month Fund Number Calc Fund Month Gifts Calc Fund Mont FundMont Gifte hTbl Gifts Calc Fund Month Hours Calc Fund Mont FundMont h u h hTbl FundNumber h 3 h Hours hTbl Hours Calc Fund Month Hours Due UO Calc Fund Mon FundMont th Hours Due hTbl HoursDue Calc Fund Month Ignore Calc Fund Month Ignore FundMonthTbl Ignore UO Calc Fund Month Month Calc Fund Mont FundMonthTbl Month UO h Month Calc Fund Month Month Name UO Calc Fund Month Month Name FundMonthTbl MonthName Calc Fund Month Paid U Q Calc Fund Month Paid FundMonthTbl Paid Calc Fund Month Paid And Credit UO Calc Fund Month Paid And Credit FundMonthTbl PaidAndCredit Calc Fund Month Rec Num UO Calc Fund Month
100. DSDMData MemTbl Teacher Student Is Parent Student Student Is Parent PDSDMData MemTbl Parent Student Is Student Student Student Is Student PDSDMData MemTbl Student Student Language Student Student Language PDSDMData MemTbl Language Student Last Name Student Student Last Name PDSDMData MemTbl LastName Student Letter Language Student Student Letter Language PDSDMData MemTbl LetterLanguage 10 44 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Student Location Student Maiden Name Student Mailing Name Student Marital Status Student Student Location PDSDMData MemTbl Location Student Student Maiden Name PDSDMData MemTbl MaidenName Student Student Mailing Name PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentMailingName Student Student Marital Status PDSDMData MemTbl MaritalStatus Student Month Num of Birth Student Month of Birth un tudent Name Format 1 Mr John Smith TY C Student Name Format 10 maiden name Student Name Format 11 Jack s un tudent Name Format 2 Mr Jack Smith q H Student Name Format 3 SMITH JR John Student Name Format 4 Mr Smith Student Name Format 5 John Student Student Month Num of Birth
101. Date SchEnrY ear SchVolRecNum GradeDescRec OrderNum TypeStr User6DescRec MemRecNum Notes VolDescRec Newltem VolNote VolDescRec Description Newltem 1 2
102. Date Talents Talents End Date PDSDMData MemTalTbl EndDate Talents Start Date Talents Talents Start Date PDSDMData MemTalTbl StartDate Talents Status Talents Talents Status PDSDMData MemTalTbl TalStatusName Talents Talent Talents Talents Talent PDSDMData MemTalTbl TalName Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 21 Formation Office Field Names Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Attendance Attn For Attendance Attendance Attn For PDSDMData MemAttnTbl AttnFor Attendance Date Attendance Attendance Date PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Date Attendance Date Attendance Attendance Date PDSDMData MemREAttnTbl Date Attendance Hours Attendance Attendance Hours PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Hours Attendance Hours Attendance Attendance Hours PDSDMData MemREAttnTbl Hours Attendance Reason Attendance Attendance Reason PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Reason Attendance Reason Attendance Attendance Reason PDSDMData MemREAttnTbl Reason Attendance Session Name Attendance Attendance Session Name PDSDMData MemREAttnTbl SessionName Attendance Type At
103. Date5Addl Sac Marriage Date Sac Sac Marriage Date p DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Date 1 Sac Marriage Day of Marriage Sac Marriage Day of Marriage JU Oo w Q DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5DayofDate5 Sac Marriage Month Num of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Month Num of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5MonthNumofDate5 Sac Marriage Month of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Month of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5MonthofDate5 Sac Marriage Notes Sac Sac Marriage Notes p DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Notes Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 41 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Sac Marriage Performed By Sac Sac Marriage Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5PerformedBy Sac Marriage Performed Sac Sac Marriage Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Perf Sac Marriage Place Sac Sac Marriage Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5PlaceBlock Sac Marriage Sponsor List Sac Sac Marriage Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5SponsorList Sac Marriage Spouse Name Sac Sac Marriage Spouse Name PDSDMData M
104. Embedded Code e 4 1 Once your events objects and other codes are in place you can click on Embedded Code View All Embedded Code to choose which event to view When opened this way the code editor will indicate which event the code belongs to in the Procedure name fe Advanced Report Writer Report Copy Family Directory D NE D amp XH a a gm All Embedded Code gt MeeVeaes SL U Is Abbott Harold Connie M M P O Box 31531 Fig 4 2 Below is the same Labell Do Before Print code but viewed from the View Embedded Code menu Note the procedure name is added as LabellOnPrint UM label Event Main label1OnPrint procedure labellOnPrint Labell Caption Copy Fam Fam Name 1 1 if Fam Fam Unique ID lt gt CurRec then if Labell Caption lt gt FirstChar then Labell Visible true else Labell Visible false CurRec Fam Fam Unique ID FirstChar Labell Caption end Fig 4 3 Advanced Report Writer Data Fields Objects Advanced Report Writer Data In reports data has two general aspects the kind of data and where is it stored The first is what kind of data A piece of data may be an integer or it may be a string of letters for a name or it may be a financial amount There are many different kinds of data The most useful types are Integer a whole number with no decimals between 2147483648 and 2147483647 String a series of characters which may include numerica
105. Emp W2 Valic YTD m mpW2 Emp W2 Valic YTD MEmployee tbIEmpW2 Benefit3YTD Grp Date Changed rp Grp Date Changed M GrpTbl DateChanged Grp Description rp Grp Description M GrpTbl Description Grp Name rp Grp Name M GrpTbl Name Grp COA Alternate Number rpCoa Grp COA Alternate Number M GrpCoaTbl AlternateNumber Grp COA Balance Sheet Column rpCoa Grp COA Balance Sheet Column M GrpCoaTbl BalanceSheetColumn Grp COA Blank Lines rpCoa Grp COA Blank Lines M GrpCoaTbl BlankLines Grp COA Blank Page rpCoa Grp COA Blank Page M GrpCoaTbl BlankPage Grp COA Comments rpCoa Grp COA Comments M GrpCoaTbl Comments Grp COA Date Changed rpCoa Grp COA Date Changed M GrpCoaTbl DateChanged Grp COA Date Created rpCoa Grp COA Date Created M GrpCoaTbl DateCreated Grp COA Master Account rpCoa Grp COA Master Account M GrpCoaTbl MasterAccount Grp COA Name rpCoa Grp COA Name M GrpCoaTbl Name Grp COA Number rpCoa Grp COA Number M GrpCoaTbl Number Grp COA Source rpCoa Grp COA Source M GrpCoaTbl Description Grp COA Sub Account rpCoa Grp COA Sub Account M GrpCoaTbl SubAccount Grp COA Total Level rpCoa Grp COA Total Level OO olg o J ol 9 olyg o 9JU o J olg o J olg o 9 2999999 olg M GrpCoaTbl TotalLevel Inv Actual Amount Inv Inv Actual Amount DM InvTbl ActualAmount Inv
106. ExportStr s string n integer var i integer begin s copy s 1 n while length s lt n do Ss Ws for i 1 to n do Write f s il end procedu ExportInt i var S st begin S IntToStr i s copy s 1 n while length s lt n Si 457 for i 1 to n do Write f s i end re ring do 9 4 e Exporting and Importing Data integer n integer Advanced Report Writer procedure AfterBuildExport begin BUILD THE EXPORT AssignFile F RepDlg ExpFilename Text Rewrite f try with PDSDMData FamTbl do begin First while not EOF do begin ExportStr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat1 40 ExportInt PDSDMData FamTbl NumMem 10 Next end end finally CloseFile f end end Adding a Many times when we have finished the export we would like to tell the user what was Summary exported We wish to display a summary and allow the user to print that summary if they wish To create and display the summary we can use the following code in our script procedure BuildSummary var ErrorRepDlg T begin SHOW NEXT FORM tr rrorRepDlg ErrorRepDlg TErrorRepDlg Create Self try PDSFixupDlg ErrorRepDlg ErrorRepDlg RTFText ReadOnly false ErrorRepDlg DetailBtn Visible False ErrorRepDlg SummaryBtn Caption amp Print ErrorRepDlg RTFText Clear MainRTF ErrorRepDlg RTFText MainFontName New Courier Cle
107. Fam Alternate City PDSDMData FamTbl AlternateCity Fam Alternate Period Fam Fam Alternate Period PDSDMData FamTbl AlternatePeriod Fam Alt Prefers E Mail Fam Fam Alt Prefers E Mail PDSDMData FamTbl AltEMailOverMail Fam Blankl Fam Fam Blankl PDSDMData FamTbl Blankl Fam Blank2 Fam Fam Blank2 PDSDMData FamTbl Blank2 Fam City Fam Fam City PDSDMData FamTbl City Fam City Only Fam Fam City Only PDSDMData FamTbl CityOnly Fam Confidential Remarks Fam Fam Confidential Remarks PDSDMData FamTbl ConfRemarks Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 31 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fam Date Alt Addr Changed t Addr Changed AlternateChanged Fam Date Alternate Addr Certified lternate Addr Certified AlternateCertDate Fam Date Changed Changed DateChanged Fam Date Created Created DateCreated Fam Date Funds Changed Funds Changed FundDateChanged Fam Date Mailing Addr Certified Mailing Addr Certified MailingCertDate Fam Date Mailing Addr Changed S Mailing Addr Changed MailingChanged Fam Date Name Changed S Name Changed M NameChanged Fam Date of Formation Registration F i Formation Registration REDateRegister
108. Family Name Address Block Phone List and a Member subreport We will be leaving space for a column heading letter taken from the first letter of the last name which will be added in chapter 4 1 2 10 11 12 Click on the DBText button and drop a label in the Detail band A Right click and choose Position Left 0 125 Top 0 25 Width 3 00 Choose the Data Pipeline as Fam Fam Name Design Preview A Elm Sj 36d Gd Qu Q A S wi Sj Fam Fam Name Click on the DBMemo button and drop a memo in the Detail band underneath the Fam Name Right click choose Position and set as Left 0 25 Top 0 50 Width 3 00 Height 0 20 Right click again and choose Stretch Choose the Data Pipeline as Fam Fam Address Block Click on the DBMemo button and drop a memo in the Detail band underneath the Fam Address Block Right click choose Position and set as Left 0 25 Top 0 6875 Width 3 00 Height 0 20 Right click again and choose Stretch Right click again and choose ShiftRelativeTo In the dialog box choose Fam Address Block DBMemo ShiftRelativeTo forces the object to adjust its position based on another object In this case we want to keep the Phone List below the Address Block regardless of how large the Address Block is Otherwise they would print on top of one another Choose the Data Pipeline as Fam Fam Phone List 3 10 e Sub reports Groups and Regions Advanced Repo
109. File F a temp txt try Reset f Except If PDSMessageDlg Cannot open the file mtl Error mkSet mbCancel mbRetry 0 mrRetry then goto OpenTheFile else exit end Try While not eof f do begin try Readln f s I pos s Except I 0 End If I lt gt 0 then Begin Id copy s 1 I 1 THE ID NUMBER IS IN Parkey AND IS RIGHT JUSTIFIED Id copy id length id 1 10 Area Copy s I 1 length s Advanced Report Writer If PDSDMData FamTbl Locate ParKey id mkset loCaseInsensitive then begin PDSDMData FamTbl edit PDSDMData FamTblAreaNumber AsString area PDSDMData FamTbl post end end finally CloseFile f end end Importing requires a very extensive knowledge of the data Simple items can be brought in More complicated items may need a programmer to figure out how to access it Data Manipulation In the same way we could import the data we could have manipulated it without pulling information in from a file For example we could use these techniques to change the name of all the families if the user has entered them wrong and other similar processes Many advanced things can be done with scripts For example here is a small report that adds a financial entry to family ID number 1 for 999 54 to fund 1 Offering It uses a procedure in AdvRep pas uses AdvRep procedure AfterCreateReport begin if AddHistEntry false FE ParK
110. Fld FieldName Selected MinSelFld Calculated true MinSelFld Dataset MinTbl MinSelFld TStringField Create CurForm MinSelFld FieldName Description MinSelFld FieldKind fkData MinSelFld Dataset MinTbl MinSelFld TIntegerField Create CurForm MinSelFld FieldName MinDescRec MinSelFld FieldKind fkData MinSelFld Dataset MinTbl MinDS TwwDataSource Create CurForm MinDS DataSet MinTbl BB z nTbl Active true In this example we create a database table not a memory table and we connect it to the MinType db file We connect it to the same database that the family table is connected to and we index it by description Then we create three field objects One is attached to the Description one is attached to the MinDescRec which is a unique integer identifier for each record in the description and one is a calculated Boolean field called Selected Creating the fields makes it easier to use later in the grid but since we actually don t need to use the field variables themselves we used the MinSelFld three times instead of making three separate variables 8 8 Special Sorts Advanced Report Writer 9 Exporting and Importing Data Simple Export Advanced Report Writer Overview Built into reports is the ability to export fields There are many times when we need to export information in a very precise way and the generic export is not enough Scripting can be used to export any information and
111. For memos and sub reports ShiftwithParent Keep the position of this object static with respect to the workspace band it is in For memos and sub reports StretchwithParent Automatically re size this object horizontally to match the workspace Advanced Report Writer Moving Objects Advanced Report Writer Stretch Automatically re size this object vertically to match its contents See also Autosize SuppressRepeatedValues Ifthe value to be displayed for this variable or field is the same as the last value displayed for this variable field don t display it unless the data has overflowed to the next page and ReprintOnSubsequent is set to Yes Timing Variables only Used to determine when this variable will be calculated relative to other variables Transparent Make this object transparent so that objects behind it can be seen Visible Make this object visible You would turn this off if you are using a variable for calculations but don t want to see the variable Wordwrap Do not break words in the middle of the word Wrap whole words only See also CharWrap Once you have added an object and have selected it the next step 1s to move it where it belongs To move an object simply click on it hold the mouse button down and drag it to where you want it to go then release the mouse button The object is now repositioned In order to line up an object with those near it the ARW editor has a series of minor adjus
112. Format Table ol fe lel s ss eo l insert Fieta fats dedel fe lle afl a RER TORE NND NND TG for that visit pray that you will find lt Your Name gt a place of peace and frie hope that you will introduce yourself to me some Sunday in the r acquainted and that might more formally welcome you May the Good Lord bless you and your family List MemList gt pm Reload Default Text Fig 5 13 Click OK and run the report as normal The preview should look similar to this BS Report Preview Family Welcome Letter Lel ed a mem pi church its organizations and our sincere desire that you feel at home at Parish Data System Inc The pace of our life does not allow too much time for personal visits So please accept this letter as a poor substitute for that visit pray that you will find Parish Data System Inc a place of peace and friendship its people gracious and kind I hope that you will introduce yourself to me some Sunday in the near future so that we might become better acquainted and that might more formally welcome you May the Good Lord bless you and your family Member Name Member Age Jeff Van Loon 34 Jeane Van Loon 38 Sincerely Cole fered Mr Robert Jones Office Manager Magnification Full Width Page 1 Commands Zoomin Zoom out Prior Page Next Page Back __Print Full vvidth Full Page Fir
113. Fund Act Deling Amt 2 61 to 90 Days CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 2 PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl DelAmt2 Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 3 91 or More CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 3 Days PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl DelAmt3 Calc Fund Act Freguency CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Freguency PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Freguency Calc Fund Act Function CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Function PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Function Calc Fund Act Fund Number CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Fund Number PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl FundNumber Calc Fund Act Group Name CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Group Name PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl GroupName Calc Fund Act Group Order CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Group Order PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl GroupOrder Calc Fund Act Order CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Order PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Order 10 22 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Field Names in Embedded Code Calc Fund Act Recap Amount Cal LC Fund Act Recap Amount FundActTbl RecapAmount Calc Fund Act Recur Amount Cal lc Fund Fund Act Recur Amount ActTbl RecurAmount Calc Fund Act Recur Desc Act Cal LC Fund Act Recur Desc FundActTbl RecurDesc Calc Fund Act Recur Period Cal LC Fund Act Recur P
114. GrpList rtm 3 List 2 List CouponBottom rtm 2 List GrpList2 rtm 3 List M B List CouponT op rtm 2 List GrpList3 rtm E List R 3 List Deling rtm 2 List HistList rtm 3 List R gt File name List M emList rtrrl Files of type List Reports Cancel 7 Fig 5 10 The Advanced Report Writer editor will open automatically Click on Advanced Report Writer Report LIST MEMLIST RTM Eile Edi View Report Embedded Code Templates Help Report Header Design Preview and A gw sGd ca Qm A CE wi ED ea ca e am Report Footer to Jn GE mas amp rla x remove the Header amp amem Sie 5s wo Ale zu AED DU A d cabe o o igec uit o and Footer bands Is E o Click on Report Title to oe add the Title band Lo The workspace should as look like the figure on _ Me iRt Fig 5 11 the right 5 10 e Expanding Letters and Statements Advanced Report Writer Step 2 Add the fields Drop a DBText object into the top left corner of the Detail band Choose Mem Mem Name Format 1 as the data pipeline Right click on the object and choose Autosize Drop another DBText object next to the Member Name at 2 inches You can right click on the object and use Position if necessary Choose Mem Mem Age as the data pipeline Right click and choose Autosize Click and drag the Detail band up until there is
115. H A H s H A 4 H a 5 2 19 2 19 2 19 2 18 o m o m o m o m alw o m alw alw o m o w AID AID AID alw o w QI o w o w o w o E eaTbl RRemainingRenew her Ed Alternate Course C Ct Further Ed Alternate Course P TeaFEdTbl AltCourse ther Ed Certification Level GC Ct Further Ed Certification Level P TeaFEdTbl CertLevel her Ed Course c Ct Further Ed Course P TeaFEdTbl Course ther Ed Date c Ct Further Ed Date P TeaFEdTbl FEdDate her Ed Instructor C Ct Further Ed Instructor P TeaFEdTbl Instructor ther Ed Note C Ct Further Ed Note P TeaFEdTbl Note ther Ed Place Ct Further Ed Place TeaFEdTbl Place her Ed Reg Elect Other h Ct Further Ed Reg Elect Other TeaFEdTbl RegElectOther ther Ed Reguirement Met h Ct Further Ed Reguirement Met TeaFEdTbl RegMet her Ed Units Ct Further Ed Units TeaFEdTbl Units Rec Date t Perm Rec Date TeaPRTbl PRDate Rec Grade ct E Perm Rec Grade eaPRTbl Grade Rec Position ct Perm Rec Position TeaPRTbl Position Rec Session Name ct Bl Oo BI O O E1 OE Perm Rec Session Name aPRTbl SessionName Days Absent hed Days Absent aSchedTbl DaysAbsent Days Present hed Days Present aSchedTbl DaysPresent Order Dc aSchedTbl Order Position zc hed Position aSchedTbl Position Session Name e e
116. Hist Fund Hist Check Number PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEChk Fund Hist Comment FundHist Fund Hist Comment PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEComment Fund Hist Date FundHist Fund Hist Date PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEDate Fund Hist Member FundHist Fund Hist Member PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl Member Fund Rate Activity FundRate Fund Rate Activity PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl Activity Fund Rate Associate with Member FundRate Fund Rate Associate with Member PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDUseMem Fund Rate End Date FundRate Fund Rate End Date PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDEndDate Fund Rate Last Rate FundRate Fund Rate Last Rate PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl LastRate Fund Rate Last Total FundRate Fund Rate Last Total PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl LastTotal Fund Rate Member Name FundRate Fund Rate Member Name PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl MemberName Fund Rate Rate FundRate Fund Rate Rate PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDRate 10 14 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Fund Rate Start Date FundRate Fund Rate Start Date PDSDMD
117. J Emp Sal Hist From Amount tri mpSalHist Emp Sal Hist From Amount MEmployee tblHistory FromAmount J Emp Sal Hist From Freq m mpSalHist Emp Sal Hist From Freq MEmployee tblHistory FromFreg J Emp Sal Hist To Freq m mpSalHist Emp Sal Hist To Freq MEmployee tblHistory ToFreg J Emp Sal Hist To Amount tri mpSalHist Emp Sal Hist To Amount MEmployee tblHistory ToAmount J Emp W2 Box 12 A Code tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 A Code MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12ACode J Emp W2 Box 12 A YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 A YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12AYTD J Emp W2 Box 12 B Code tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 B Code MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12BCode J Emp W2 Box 12 B YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 B YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12BYTD J Emp W2 Box 12 CCode tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 CCode MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12CCode J Emp W2 Box 12 C YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 C YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12CYTD J Emp W2 Box 12 D Code tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 D Code MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12DCode J Emp W2 Box 12 D YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 12 D YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box12DYTD J Emp W2 Box 14 A Name tri mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 A Name MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box14AName J Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 55 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field
118. Last Year Column 3 otals Totals Last Year Column 3 M CoaTotalsTbl LastYearColumn3 Totals Last Year Name otals Totals Last Year Name M CoaTotalsTbl LastYearName Totals Last Year YTD Amount otals Totals Last Year YTD Amount M CoaTotalsTbl Last Year YTDAmount Totals Last Year YTD Budget o tals Totals Last Year YTD Budget M CoaTotalsTbl Last Year YTDBudget Totals Pct Current Amount otals Totals Pct Current Amount M CoaTotalsTbl PctCurrentAmount Totals Pct Current Budget otals Totals Pct Current Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctCurrentBudget Totals Pct Last Year Amount o tals Totals Pct Last Year Amount M CoaTotalsTbl PctLastYearAmount Totals Pct Last Year Budget otals Totals Pct Last Year Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctLastYearBudget Totals Pct Last Year YTD Amount otals Totals Pct Last Year YTD Amount M CoaTotalsTbl PctLastYear YTDAmt Totals Pct Last Year YTD Budget otals Totals Pct Last Year YTD Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctLast Year YTDBud Totals Pct Total Budget otals Totals Pct Total Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctTotalBudget Totals Pct Var Current to Budget otals Totals Pct Var Current to Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctVarCurrentBud Totals Pct Var Current to Last Year o tals Totals Pct Var Current to Last Year M CoaTotalsTbl PctVarCurrentLY Totals Pct Var YTD to Budget YTD otals Tot
119. Level COA Type oa COA Type M COATPbI Type COA Unique ID oa COA Unique ID M COATPbI CoaRec COA Sub Trn Amount oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Amount M CoaTrnTbl Amount COA Sub Trn Credit oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Credit M CoaTrnTbl Credit COA Sub Trn Date oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Date M CoaTrnTbl TDate COA Sub Trn Debit oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Debit M CoaTrnTbl Debit COA Sub Trn Description oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Description M CoaTrnTbl Description COA Sub Trn Voided oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Voided M CoaTrnTbl Voided COA Sub Trn Voided Or Reversed valy alg al apa Soleol ao pad aaa oaSubTrn COA Sub Trn Voided Or Reversed M CoaTrnTbl VoidedOrReversed Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 49 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Dist Description Dist Dist Description DM DistTbl Description Dist Name Dist Dist Name DM DistTbl COAName Dist Number Dist Dist Number DM DistTbl COANumber Dist Percentage Dist Dist Percentage DM DistTbl Percentage Emp Date Birth Emp Emp Date Birth DMEnmployee tblEmployee Birthday Emp Date Changed Emp Emp Date Changed DMEmployee tblEmployee DateChanged Emp Date Created tri mp Emp Date Created MEmployee tblEmployee DateCreat
120. Level3 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Level 4 Date Certified Q U a Ej ct Detail Level 4 Date Certified eaTbl RCertDateLevel4 Level 4 Expired UO Ej ct Detail Level 4 Expired eaTbl RExpiredLevel4 Level 4 Remaining UO E tj Detail Level 4 Remaining eaTbl RRemainingLevel4 Other Area UO Bi ct eaTbl O Detail Other Area herArea Other Degree U Q a ti Detail Other Degree eaTbl OtherDegree Other Name UO Bi ct 3 eaTbl O Detail Other Name herName Other Year Completed UO Bi ct Detail Other Year Completed eaTbl OtherYearComp Other Years UO a Pi Detail Other Years eaTbl OtherYears U Q e Position GC t Detail Position P ETeaTbl Position Remarks t Detail Remarks eaTbl Remarks Renew Calc Cert a UO Ej ct eaTbl CalcCertRenew Detail Renew Calc Cert Renewed Certification UO Bi ct 3 eaTbl RCertRenew Detail Renewed Certification Renewed Date Certification uO Bi ct 3 Renewed Remaining UO Bi ct Detail Renewed Remaining 3 4 H A lt ml ml ml sl r
121. M OrgContact City Org Contact City State Org Contact City State Zip rgContact M OrgContact Org Contact City State Zip CityStateZip Org Contact E Mail rgContact M OrgContact EMail Org Contact E Mail Org Contact Mailing Name rgContact Org Contact Mailing Name M OrgContact MailingName Org Contact Name rgContact M OrgContact Name Org Contact Name Org Contact Phone List rgContact M OrgContact PhoneList Org Contact Phone List Org Contact Position rgContact M OrgContact Position Org Contact Position Org Contact Salutation rgContact M OrgContact Salutation Org Contact Salutation Org Contact Send No Mail rgContact M OrgContact Org Contact Send No Mail SendNoMail Org Contact Zip rgContact M OrgContact Zip Org Contact Zip Org Contact Phone Number rgContactP hone Org Contact Phone Number M OrgContactPhone NNumber Org Contact Phone Type rgContactP hone Org Contact Phone Type ctPhone PhoneType Org Contact Phone Unlisted M OrgConta rgContactP hone Org Contact Phone Unlisted ctPhone Unlisted Org Contact Phone X Number M OrgConta rgContactP hone Org Contact Phone X Number M OrgContactPhone XNumber Pkg All Req Met kg Pkg All Req Met M Pkg AllReqMet Pkg Date Changed k
122. Mailing DP j DP M MailingDP Fam Mailing Zip y ip N Mailingzip Fam Mailing Address Block S Address Block MailingAddressBlock 10 32 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Fam Mailing City Fam Fam Mailing City PDSDMData FamTbl MailingCity Fam Mailing Name Fam Fam Mailing Name PDSDMData FamTbl CurrentMailingName Fam Mailing Name Block Fam Fam Mailing Name Block PDSDMData FamTbl MailingNameBlock Fam Member Names Fam Fam Member Names PDSDMData FamTbl MemberNames Fam Name Format Mr amp Mrs John Smith Fam Fam Name Format Jr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl Fam Name Format 10 nickname of head Fam Fam Name Format 10 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl0 Fam Name Format 11 nickname of spouse Fam Fam Name Format 11 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatll Fam Name Format 12 Jack amp Dot Fam Fam Name Format 12 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl2 Fam Name Format 13 John amp Mary Smith Fam Fam Name Format 13 Jr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl3 Fam Name Format 2 Mr amp Mrs John
123. Ministry Options MyLabel Would create Talent Ministry Options AddHeadingCheckBox s string E TCheckBox Add a heading label with a check box AddLabel s string L TLabel Add a simple label to the screen Talent List AddEdit s string L TLabel E TEdit N integer Add a label and an edit box with N equal to the maximum number of characters to be entered Starting Month 5 AddPhone s string L TLabel E TDBPhone N integer Add a label and an edit box formatted for a phone number AddDate s string L TLabel E TDBDateBtn N integer Add a label and an edit box formatted for a date with a button that brings up the calendar Date for the Alternate Address 06 23 2003 al AddAmt s string L TLabel E TDBAmount N integer Add a label and an edit box formatted for an amount with a button that brings up a calculator Families with an outstanding balance of more than 0 00 g AddTotal s string L TLabel E TDBAmount N integer Add a label and a box formatted for an amount like the AddAmt The difference is the AddTotal box does not have a button and is disabled so amounts can t be entered This is used when you want to display an amount which is the sum of other boxes on the screen Adding and Accessing Screens e 7 3 AddRadioButtonGroup S string List string E TRadioGroup Add a radio button group that has a caption in S and a list of radio buttons in the
124. Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp W2 Box 14 A YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 A YTD J MEmployee tbIEmpW2 Box14AYTD Emp W2 Box 14 B Name Om mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 B Name MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box14BName Emp W2 Box 14 B YTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 B YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box14BYTD Emp W2 Box 14 C Name Ot mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 C Name MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box14CName Emp W2 Box 14 C YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 C YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box14CYTD Emp W2 Box 14 D Name On mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 D Name MEmployee tblEmpW2 Box14DName Emp W2 Box 14 D YTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Box 14 D YTD MEmployee tbIEmpW2 Box14DYTD Emp W2 Deductions QTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 Deductions OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 DeductionsOTD Emp W2 Deductions YTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Deductions YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 DeductionsYTD Emp W2 Dependent Care Benefits OTD On mpW2 Emp W2 Dependent Care Benefits QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 DepCareQTD Emp W2 Dependent Care Benefits YTD Ow mpW2 Emp W2 Dependent Care Benefits YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 DepCareYTD Emp W2 EIC Payments OTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 EIC Payments QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 EICPaymentsOTD Emp W2 EIC Payments YTD Om mpW2 Emp W2 EIC Payments YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 EICPaymentsYTD Emp W2 Federal Wage
125. O Box 322 502 278 8932 Home PDSSubReportl Mem YTI TTISTY Detail Fig 3 14 Setup the Sub Now that we have a sub report we can add Report the appropriate objects to it Click on the sub report tab at the bottom of the workspace XMain Fam PDSSubReport Mem The Mem sub report starts with Title Detail and Summary bands To remove the Title and Summary bands click on Report Title then Report Summary Right click on the Detail band and choose DynamicHeight This will stretch or contract the Detail band vertically to match the objects inside 3 12 e Sub reports Groups and Regions Advanced Report Writer We will add the Member Name Age and Grade to the Detail Band 1 Drop a DBText object into the Detail band 2 Right click and set the Position as Left 0 00 Top 0 00 Width 2 0 3 Setthe Data Pipeline as Mem Mem Name 4 Drop another DBText object next to the Mem Name 5 Right click and set the Position as Left 2 125 Top 0 00 Width 0 375 6 Setthe Data Pipeline as Mem Mem Age 7 Dropanother DBText object next to the Mem Age 8 Right click and set the Position as Left 2 625 Top 0 00 Width 0 875 9 Setthe Data Pipeline as Mem Mem Grade The sub report Detail band will look like this Design Preview A Em Sj 2363 c Qu AI S d a Inc e amp alm mo side ss x HB SUR PLE A ManloonJef JB MA Detail Fig 3 15 4 Cl
126. PDSDMData MemTbl ConfRemarks 10 26 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ctchst Current Informal Sal n U 0 3 Current Informal Sal CurrentInformalSal Ctchst Date Changed cC ate Changed P e l DateChanged Ctchst Date Changed G ate Changed P mTbl REDateChanged Ctchst Date Created C ate Created P mTbl DateCreated Ctchst Date of Birth C Date of Birth P mTbl DateOfBirth Ctchst Day of Birth C Day of Birth P l DayOfBirth Ctchst Deceased C Deceased P Deceased Different Last Name Ctchst Different Last Name e P l DifLastName Ctchst Ethnicity c Ethnicity E l Ethnicity Ctchst Family Name U Q 3 l FamilyName Family Name Ctchst Fam Unique ID UO l FamRecNum a Fam Unique ID Ctchst First Name uO l FirstName First Name Ctchst Formal Sal UO l FormalSal Formal Sal Ctchst Formal Sal UO Formal Sal l CurrentFormalSal Ctchst Formation Member Ja l REMember Formation Member Ctchst Full Maiden Name UO AJ ct o Full Maiden Name bl FullMaidenName Ctchst Gender UO Od o Gender bl Gender Ctchst General R
127. PL UserName NewField NewFieldPL DataSource NewFieldDS NewFieldPL AutoCreateFields true ADD IN THE FIRST AND ONLY RECORD NewFieldTbl Append NewFieldTbl FieldByName Order AsIn NewFieldTbl FieldByName TermsAndRate NewFieldTbl FieldByName Terms AsSt NewFieldTbl FieldByName Rate AsCur NewFieldTbl Post seCallA end Tell the p CallAfterC rom one f fterCalc True rt port The name users s teger 0 AsString ring rency 0 rogram to call alc after moving amily to the next Advanced Report Writer 8 4 e Special Sorts Attach the Tables Just to keep things tidy let s also put in the code needed the get rid of the table when we are done This code goes in the FreeExternalData event We only free the items ifthey have been assigned i e not equal to nil procedure FreeExternalData begin if assigned NewFieldTbl then NewFieldTbl Free if assigned NewFieldDS then NewFieldDS Free if assigned NewFieldPL then NewFieldPL Free end Now since we added a new table and we want that table to be accessible to the reports and selections we need to add it to our list of tables This can be done is an event called AttachNetTables If we had more than one we would add all of them in this event procedure AttachNewTables begin AddTable NewFieldTbl NewFieldDS NewField Order Fam FamRecNum end The AddTable procedu
128. PmtFreg Calc Grp List Recap Bal UO Grp List Recap Bal ListTbl RecapBal Calc Grp List Recap Credits Grp List Recap Credits ListTbl RecapCredits Calc Grp List Recap Due Grp List Recap Due ListTbl RecapDue Calc Grp List Recap Gifts Grp List Recap Gifts ListTbl RecapGifts Calc Grp List Recap Paid o QJ O AST ato QJ O9o ao ASO ATO AID AIO ASO oro a o ao ATO ASO ASO AITO Grp List Recap Paid ListTbl RecapPaid 10 24 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Grp List Months Delinguent Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Calc Grp List Recur Amount CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Recur Amount PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl RecurAmount Calc Grp List Recur Desc CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Recur Desc PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl RecurDesc Calc Grp List Recur Period CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Recur Period PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl RecurPeriod Calc Grp List Total Bal CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Total Bal PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl TotalBa
129. RPass PRComment MemKWRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum DescRec ProgNum CARec MemRecNum Order AddrTypeRe Address CityRec Zip CarrierRoute DP Name MailingName FormalSal PRPresent PRAbsent 1 1 MemRegRecNum PrepRecNum MemRecNum MemRecNum RegDescRec ClassDescRec OrderNum Complete RegDate SessionsAttended RegResult ClassDate RegNote Newltem Notes AttnRec MemRecNum Date REClassRecNum Hours Code Newltem ReasonDescRec MemSRNum MemRec SRDescRec Hours Date RETeaRecNum MemRecNum FamRecNum PositionDescRec DateStarted Experience Remarks HighSchName HighSchLocation HighSchArea HighSchYears HighSchDegree FamRecNum ParKey SchKey REKey Name AreaNumber StreetAddress1 StreetAddress2 StreetCityRec StreetZip StreetChanged StreetLot 1 2 Member School Links MemSchShdRec MemSchTrnRec MemRecNum MemRecNum Day Date Period Place SubjectDescRec Note RoomDescRec Newltem TimeDescRec TeacherRec Newltem MemKWRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum DescRec ProgNum MemRecNum FamRecNum Name RelDescRec CARec MemberType MemRec EnvelopeKey Order UserlDescRec AddrTypeRec User2DescRec Address User3DescRec CityRec User4DescRec Zip User5DescRec CarrierRoute User6DescRec DP Name MailingName FormalSal MemSchlmmRec OrderNum MemRecNum FamRecNum SchEnrRec ImmDescRec ParKey MemRecNum ImmDa
130. Rec AttnRec Description MemRecNum Newltem Date REClassRecNum Hours Code Newltem ReasonDescRec ClassDateRecNum ClassRecNum ClassDate Note ClassMeets AttnRequired REClassRecNum MemREShdRec Name MemRecNum GradeDescRec OrderNum TimeDescRec REClassRecNum RoomDescRec DaysAbsent DayDescRec DaysPresent StartDate Passing EndDate CalcPres MinAttend DatesAltered Inactive TimeDescRec Description Newltem 1 1 MemKWRecNum OrderNum DescRec MemRecNum Description DescRec Newltem ProgNum FamRecNum ParKey SchKey OrderNum REEnrRec REKey FamRecNum MemRecNum Name DescRec REEnrDate AreaNumber ProgNum REEnrYear StreetAddress1 StreetAddress2 StreetCityRec StreetZip StreetChanged GradeDescRec StreetLot Description Newltem OrderNum FamKWRecNum DescRec Description Newltem RETeaRecNum MemRecNum FamRecNum PositionDescRec DateStarted Experience Remarks HighSchName HighSchLocation GradeDescRec HighSchArea PositionDescRec HighSchYears Newltem HighSchDegree FEdRecNum TeaRecNum Instructor Place Units FEdDate ReqMet Course AltCourse CertLevel ReqElectOther Order PRRecNum TeaRecNum SessionName PRDate SchedRecNum PositionDescRec TeaRecNum Description REClassRecNum Newltem PositionDescRec Order DaysAbsent DaysPresent ClassTeaRecNum ClassRecNum OrderNum TeacherRec PositionDescRec
131. Route MDa FamFundBillTbl CarrierRoute Fund Bill Certified F Bil Fund Bill Certified MDa FamFundBillTbl Certified Fund Bill Changed Bil Fund Bill Changed MDa FamFundBillTbl Changed Fund Bill City State Bil Fund Bill City State MDa FamFundBillTbl CityState Fund Bill Date Certified Bil Fund Bill Date Certified MDa FamFundBillTbl CertDate Fund Bill DP F Bil Fund Bill DP MDa FamFundBillTbl DP Fund Bill E Mail F Bi Fund Bill Mail DM FamFundBillTbl EMail Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 13 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fund Bill End Day FundBill Fund Bill End Day PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl EndDay Fund Bill End Month FundBill Fund Bill End Month PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl EndMonth Fund Bill Formal Sal FundBill Fund Bill Formal Sal PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl FormalSal Fund Bill Informal Sal FundBill Fund Bill Informal Sal PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl InformalSal Fund Bill Mailing Name FundBill Fund Bill Mailing Name PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl MailingName Fund Bill Membe
132. S Fam Orig ID Number Data FamTb IDNumber Fam Orig Mailing Name S ps Fam Orig Mailing Name Data FamTbl MailingName Fam Orig Formal Sal ase Fam Orig Formal Sal Data FamTb FormalSal Fam Orig Informal Sal Fam Orig Informal Sal MData FamTbl InformalSal Fam Orig Name Fam Orig Name MData FamTbl Name Fam Phone List Fam Phone List MData FamTbl PhoneList Fam Picture Fam Picture MData FamTbl PictureFile Fam Prefers E Mail Fam Prefers E Mail MData FamTbl CurrentEMailOverMail Fam Raw Title Fam Raw Title MData FamTbl RawTitle Fam Second ID Number Fam Second ID Number Data FamTb SecondIDNumber Fam Send Mail to Alt Address Fam Send Mail to Alt Address Data FamTb SendMailToAlternate Fam Spouse First MEE Fam Spouse e HESS Data FamTbl First SpouseFirst Fam Spouse Last Fam Spouse S Data FamTb Last SpouseLast Fam Spouse Raw Title Fam Spouse ps Data FamTbl Raw Title SpouseRawTitle Fam Spouse Title Fam Spouse Data FamTbl Title SpouseTitle Fam State Only S Fam State Only Data FamTbl StateOnly Fam Street Address is Certified s Fam Street Data FamTb Address is Certified StreetCertified Fam Street Address Line 1 ps Fa
133. SDIF Rate DMEmployee tblEmployer SDIFRate Employer State ID Number Employer Employer State ID Number J MEmployee tblEmployer StateIDNumber Employer State Name tri mployer Employer State Name MEmployee tblEmployer StateName J Employer State Only es mployer Employer State Only MEmployee tblEmployer StateOnly J Employer SUTA Acc Number es mployer Employer SUTA Acc Number DMEmployee tblEmployer SUTAAccNumber Employer SUTA Limit Employer Employer SUTA Limit DMEmployee tblEmployer SUTALimit Employer SUTA Rate Employer Employer SUTA Rate J MEmployee tblEmployer SUTARate Employer Web Page tri mployer Employer Web Page MEmployee tblEmployer WebPage J Employer Zip tri mployer Employer Zip MEmployee tblEmployer Zip J Emp Phone Number tri mpPhone Emp Phone Number MEmployee tblEmpPhone NNumber J Emp Phone Type tri mpPhone Emp Phone Type MEmployee tblEmpPhone PhoneType J Emp Phone Unlisted tri mpPhone Emp Phone Unlisted MEmployee tblEmpPhone Unlisted J Emp Phone X Number tri mpPhone Emp Phone X Number MEmployee tblEmpPhone XNumber J Emp Sal Hist Date tri mpSalHist Emp Sal Hist Date MEmployee tblHistory Date J Emp Sal Hist Description es mpSalHist Emp Sal Hist Description MEmployee tblHistory Activity
134. Sac General Father s Name PDSDMData AskTbl FatherName Sac General Mother s Maiden Name SacGeneral Sac General Mother s Maiden Name PDSDMData AskTbl MothersMaiden Sac General Mother s Name SacGeneral Sac General Mother s Name PDSDMData AskTbl MotherName Sac List Addl Name SacList Sac List Addl Name PDSDMData MemDatesTbl AddlName Sac List Addl Status SacList Sac List Addl Status PDSDMData MemDatesTbl AddlStatus Sac List Address SacList Sac List Address PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateAddress Sac List City State SacList Sac List City State PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateCityState Sac List Date SacList Sac List Date PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Date Sac List Day SacList Sac List Day PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Day 10 20 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Sac List E Mail SacList Sac List E Mail PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateEMail Sac List Month Num SacList Sac List Month Num PDSDMData MemDatesTbl MonthNum Sac List Month SacList Sac List Month PDSDMData MemDatesTbl Month Sac List Name SacList Sac List Name PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateName Sac List Order Num SacList
135. ServRetTbl Hours Serv Ret Service Retreat ServRet Serv Ret Service Retreat PDSDMData MemREServRetTbl ServiceRetreat Serv Ret Rem Health Problems ServRetRem Serv Ret Rem Health Problems PDSDMData MemRETbl UserRemarkl Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 43 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Serv Ret Rem Misc Info ServRetRem Serv Ret Rem Misc Info PDSDMData MemRETbl UserRemark3 Serv Ret Rem Other Conditions ServRetRem Serv Ret Rem Other Conditions PDSDMData MemRETbl UserRemark2 Serv Ret Rem Remarks ServRetRem Serv Ret Rem Remarks PDSDMData MemRETbl UserRemark4 Student Age Student Student Age PDSDMData MemTbl Age Student Confidential Remarks Student Student Confidential Remarks PDSDMData MemTbl ConfRemarks Student Current Informal Sal Student Student Current Informal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentInformalSal Student Date Changed Student Student Date Changed PDSDMData MemTbl DateChanged Student Date Changed Student Student Date Changed PDSDMData MemTbl REDateChanged Student Date Created Student Student Date Created PDSDMData MemTbl DateCreated Student Date of Birth Student Student Date of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl DateOfBirth
136. String to the value that you want to sort by inside the OrderMailTbl event CallAfterCale is called when the report goes to a family After the program has calculated all of its internal items it will call this procedure To speed up the program CallAfterCalc will not be called unless there is a line in the script that says UseCallAfterCalc true Thisis usually in the AfterCreateReport event In reports we have touched on the idea of objects Objects were items put into the report with the Advanced Report Writer editor designer In scripts objects are much more Everything on the screen and everything in tables are objects For example the family table is really an object that is stored in an object called a datamodule So to go to the first family we would enter a line PDSDMData FamTbl First This is telling the computer to go to the PDSDMData datamodule and find the FamTbl object and run the routine that is there called First Additional Code Statements The program language used in scripts has a few additional statements They are With statements Try Finally statements Try Except statements Exit statements Break statements Continue statements Goto statements There is also more ways of putting in comments Scripting Language 6 3 With The With statement is a short cut used when there are many attributes of an object being Statements set For example Labell Caption Test Labell Top
137. TD J Emp W2 State Wage QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 StateWageOTD J Emp W2 State Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 StateWageY TD J Emp W2 State Withholding QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State Withholding OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 StateWithholdingOTD J Emp W2 State Withholding YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 State Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 StateWithholdingYTD J Emp W2 Statutory Employee es mpW2 Emp W2 Statutory Employee MEmployee tblEmpW2 StatutoryEmployee J Emp W2 SUTA Wage QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 SUTA Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SUTAWageQTD J Emp W2 SUTA Raw Wage QTD m mpW2 Emp W2 SUTA Raw Wage QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SUTARawWageQTD J Emp W2 SUTA Raw Wage YTD m mpW2 Emp W2 SUTA Raw Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SUTARawWageYTD J 10 58 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp W2 SUTA Wage YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 SUTA Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 SUTA WageYTD J Emp W2 Third Party Sick Pay es mpW2 Emp W2 Third Party Sick Pay MEmployee tblEmpW2 ThirdPartySickPay J Emp W2 Valic QTD t mpW2 Emp W2 Valic QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Benefit3OTD J
138. Totals Budget Y1 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M1 PriorTota s Prior Totals Budget Y1 MI DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1M1 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M10 PriorTota s Prior Totals Budget Y1 M10 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1M10 Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 61 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Prior Totals Budget Yl M11 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M11 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1M11 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M12 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M12 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1M12 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M2 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M2 DM CoaPYTbI BudgetY 1M2 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M3 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y 1 M3 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1M3 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M4 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M4 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY 1M4 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M5 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M5 DM CoaPYTbI BudgetY 1MS5 Prior Totals Budget Yl M6 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y 1 M67 DM CoaPYTbI BudgetY 1M6 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M7 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M7 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY1M7 Prior Totals Budget Y1 M8 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y1 M8 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY 1M8 Prior Totals Budget
139. Totals Recap Deductible F Recap Deductible RecapDeductible Fund Totals Recap Due F Recap Due RecapDue Fund Totals Recap Gifts F Recap Gifts RecapGifts Fund Totals Recap Non Cash Recap Non Cash RecapNonCash Fund Totals Recap Non Ded Recap Non Ded RecapNonDed Fund Totals Recap Paid F Recap Paid RecapPaid Fund Totals Recap Refund F Recap Refund RecapRefund Fund Totals Recap Total Paid F Recap Total Paid RecapTotalPaid Fund Totals Tax Statement Reguired Tax Statement Reguired TaxStatementReguired eywords Description je o eywords Description MemKWTbl Description eywords Description jw o eywords Description REMemKWTbl Description Letter Date H jw o tter Date MemLetTbl Date Letter Description H tter Description MemLetTbl Name Letter Note tter Note MemLetTbl Note Letter Type H Letter Type Data MemLetTbl Type Mem Age lt OJS OIE OLE OIE o Data MemTbl Age Mem Confidential Remarks Ss Mem Confidential Remarks Data MemTbl ConfRemarks Mem Current Informal Sal sis Mem Current Informal Sal Data MemTbl CurrentInformalSal Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 37 Formation Office Field Names F
140. Training Manual for Advanced Report Writer By Parish Data System Advanced Report Writer for PDS Church Office Formation Office School Office Ledger Ledger Payroll and Facility Scheduler Copyright 2006 ACS Technologies Group Inc All rights reserved Information in this document is subject to change without notice Names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise noted Parish Data System PDS and the PDS logo are registered trademarks of ACS Technologies Group Inc PDS Formation Office Management PDS Church Office Management and PDS School Office Management are trademarks of ACS Technologies Group Inc Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows XP Windows ME Windows 2000 Windows 2003 and MS DOS are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation All other brand and product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged Parish Data System 14425 North 19th Avenue Phoenix Arizona 85023 6702 Orders and Information 800 892 5202 Technical Support 602 789 0595 Fax 602 789 0597 E mail solutions parishdata com Web Site www parishdata com Contents TsIntroduction ee Fi lel OALA wl HR E A RR Y NR HR RR 1 1 CODY vs Add GL es Y ettet 1 1 UDRSSES 2 2522 nenne sense ges Regen 1 2 INI
141. Ven Ven ID Number DM VenTbl ID 10 72 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ven Inactive Ven Ven Inactive VenTbl Inactive Ven Name Ven Name VenTbl Name Ven Organization Type Ven Organization Type VenTbl calcVendorType Ven Receives 1099 Ven Receives 1099 VenTbl Receives1099 Ven Remarks Ven Remarks VenTbl Remarks Ven Since Ven Since VenTbl VendorSince Ven Terms Ven Terms VenTbl calcTerms Ven Unigue ID Ven Unigue ID VenTbl VenRec Ven W9 On File 8ESIES8IESIESIESIESIES E Ven W9 On File M VenTbl W9OnFile Ven Web Page en Ven Web Page M VenTbl WebPage Ven Address Address 1 enAddress Ven Address Address 1 M VContactTbl Address Ven Address Address 2 enAddress Ven Address Address 2 M VContactTbl Address2 Ven Address Address Block enAddress Ven Address Address Block M VContactTbl AddressBlock Ven Address City Only enAddress Ven Address City Only M VContactTbl CityOnly Ven Address City State enAddress Ven Address City State M VContactTbl CityState Ven Address City State Zip enAddress Ven Address City State Zip M VContactTbl CityZip Ven Address E Mail enAddress Ven Address E M
142. Voided DM SubTrnTbl Voided Totals Actual for Month 1 Totals Totals Actual for Month 1 DM CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth1 Totals Actual for Month 10 Totals Totals Actual for Month 10 DM CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth10 Totals Actual for Month 11 Totals Totals Actual for Month 11 DM CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth 1 Advanced Report Writer 10 66 e Appendix Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Totals Actual for Month 12 Totals Totals Actual for Month 12 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth12 J Totals Actual for Month 2 4 otals Totals Actual for Month 2 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth2 J Totals Actual for Month 3 Totals Totals Actual for Month 3 DM CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth3 Totals Actual for Month 4 Totals Totals Actual for Month 4 DM CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth4 Totals Actual for Month 5 Totals Totals Actual for Month 5 DM CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth5 Totals Actual for Month 6 4 otals Totals Actual for Month 6 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth6 J Totals Actual for Month 7 4 otals Totals Actual for Month 7 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth7 Totals Actual for Month 8 otals Totals Actual for Month 8 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth8 OAS Totals Actual for Month 9 4 otals Totals Actual for Mon
143. W The width of the edit object EditN The increment to go to the next line down Usually this is the same as the LabelN There are times when you need to change these values in order to control where the object is placed You can see examples of this in the Member Involvement reports In many of them we want to have two columns of fields You can position objects without using these variables The benefit of using these variables is that they are adjusted based on the user s screen size If you position the objects some other way make sure you test the screen at different sizes 7 12 e Adding and Accessing Screens Advanced Report Writer 8 Special Sorts Overview Special sorts are another place where scripts are necessary There are a number of different ways to get the information out of the program in a special order SelectTbl The first and easiest way is to setup the SelectTbl The SelectTbl is a table that is built into the program for doing sorts using SQL Structured Query Language The program knows that if it finds the SelectTbl set to active it should use it as the order of the report For example if we want to have a member report sorted by the date the family registered we can add this script to the member report procedure AfterSelectReport begin DM SelectTbl Sql Text Select Mem MemRecNum Fam DateRegistered 4 from Mem Fam where Y Fam FamRecNum Mem FamRecNum orde
144. W2 Emp W2 Local 3 Withholding YTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 LocalSWHYTD Emp W2 Local 4 Name EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 4 Name DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 Local4Name Emp W2 Local 4 Wage YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 4 Wage YTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 Local4 WageYTD Emp W2 Local 4 Withholding YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local 4 Withholding YTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 LocalA4WHYTD Emp W2 Local Wage OTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local Wage OTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 LocalWageOTD Emp W2 Local Wage YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local Wage YTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 LocalWageYTD Emp W2 Local Withholding OTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local Withholding OTD DMEnmployee tblEmpW2 LocalWithholdingOTD Emp W2 Local Withholding YTD EmpW2 Emp W2 Local Withholding YTD J MEmployee tblEmpW2 LocalWithholdingYTD Emp W2 MC Wage OTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 MC Wage OTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 MCWageOTD J Emp W2 MC Wage YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 MC Wage YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 MCWageYTD J Emp W2 MC Withholding QTD es mpW2 Emp W2 MC Withholding QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 MCWithholdingOTD J Emp W2 MC Withholding YTD Ies mpW2 Emp W2 MC Withholding YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 MCWithholdingYTD J Emp W2 Mfg Life QTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Mfg Life QTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 BenefitlOTD J Emp W2 Mfg Life YTD tri mpW2 Emp W2 Mfg Life YTD MEmployee tblEmpW2 Benefitl Y TD J Emp W2 Name tri mpW2 Emp W2 Name MEmployee
145. Wong Mrs 38 14 Lee Richard 11 5 Lindberg Joseph Alice Mr amp Mrs 6813 W Wexford Phoenix AZ 85033 602 899 3571 Home Lindberg Joseph 59 12 Lindberg Alice 55 12 Lindberg Mary Beth 14 7A M Montaigne Thomas Mr 8189 N Orangewood Phoenix AZ 85035 602 785 9672 Home Montaigne Thomas 31 12 Montaigne Dorothy Myers 76 12 Montaigne Paul 2 12 Montgomery Arthur Evelyn D M 8327 N Evergreen Dr Phoenix AZ 85035 H K Magnification 122 Page 4 Commands gt Zoom In Zoom Out Prior Page Next Page Back Rn Full Width Full Page First Page Last Page Go to page Close Fig 4 16 The last initial label only appears once for each letter before the families whose last names start with that letter 4 18 e Embedded Code Advanced Report Writer 5 Expanding Letters and Statements Overview This chapter explores ways to enhance letter reports in the program Any letter report whether predefined copied or added allows you to modify the text of the letter It is in this word processor like editor that you can use IF statements allow for multiple languages and embed special LISTS IF statements You can use the IF ELSE END structure described in chapter 4 directly in the text of a letter This would be used to create multiple letters in one printing different paragraphs of text depending on the conditions tested The financial statement Letter to Those Pledging has an example of
146. YTD MEmployee tblEmp1099 WithholdingYTD J Emp Act Hist Comments tri mpActHist Emp Act Hist Comments MEmployee tblActivity Comments J Emp Act Hist Date From tri mpActHist Emp Act Hist Date From MEmployee tblActivity From J Emp Act Hist Date To tri mpActHist Emp Act Hist Date To MEmployee tblActivity To J Emp Act Hist Name EmpActHist Emp Act Hist Name DMEnmployee tblActivity lkActivity Emp Act Hist Units EmpActHist Emp Act Hist Units DMEnmployee tblActivity Hours Emp Act Hist Year EmpActHist Emp Act Hist Year DMEmployee tblActivity Year Emp Activity Left EmpActivity Emp Activity Left DMEnmployee tblDays calcLeft Emp Activity Max EmpActivity Emp Activity Max DMEmployee tblDays Max Emp Activity Name EmpActivity Emp Activity Name DMEmployee tblDays lkType Emp Activity Used EmpActivity Emp Activity Used DMEmployee tblDays Used Emp Activity Year EmpActivity Emp Activity Year DMEmployee tblDays Year Emp Address 1 tri mpAddress Emp Address 1 DMEnmployee tblAddress Address Emp Address 2 EmpAddress Emp Address 2 DMEnmployee tblAddress Address2 Emp Address Address Block EmpAddress Emp Address Address Block J MEmployee tblAddress AddressBlock Emp Address City State tri mpAddress Emp Address City State MEmployee tblAddress CityState J Emp Addr
147. abel in the input box Use these buttons to make the text bold italic or underlined Use these buttons to change the color of the text or the background Use these buttons to change the font style and size Once a memo object is added right click on the object and choose Lines this will open the Memo Editor for you to type in the lines of text Load click here to read in text from an outside data source or TXT file Save click here to save the memo ina TXT file BZ o Detail Labeli Fig 2 3 A label is an embedded piece of text that does not change from family to family when printing several families An example would be a label describing a Design Preview 8 s E Pad C Qm Test of the Label goes here IL A memo is a larger box of text used for paragraphs or other situations where you need multiple lines of text Memo Editor x Type in memo lines here Use memos for paragraphs or multiple lines of text Report Basics e 2 3 Images You can insert images into your report with the Image button Once an image object is added Ez T right click on the object and Lookin PDste A ctl er mm El i D choose Picture to open the a Windows browse dialog From there choose your picture image Images such as scanned letterheads signatures clipart and other picture files can be inserted this way
148. ac Sac Marriage Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3PerformedBy Sac Marriage Performed Sac Sac Marriage Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Perf Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 19 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Sac Marriage Place Sac Sac Marriage Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3PlaceBlock Sac Marriage Sponsor List Sac Sac Marriage Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3SponsorList Sac Marriage Status Sac Sac Marriage Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Status Sac Marriage Year of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Year of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3YearofDate3 Sac Penance Addl Status Sac Sac Penance Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Addl Sac Penance Date Sac Sac Penance Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Date Sac Penance Day of Penance Sac Sac Penance Day of Penance PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5DayofDate5 Sac Penance Extra Info Sac Sac Penance Extra Info PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Extra Sac Penance Month Num of Penance Sac Sac Penance Month Num of Penance PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5MonthNumofDa
149. ail M VContactTbI EMail Ven Address Mailing Name enAddress Ven Address Mailing Name M VContactTbl Mailing Ven Address Name enAddress Ven Address Name M VContactTbl Name Ven Address Notes enAddress Ven Address Notes M VContactTbl Notes Ven Address Phone List enAddress Ven Address Phone List M VContactTbl PhoneList Ven Address Position enAddress Ven Address Position M VContactTbl Position Ven Address Salutation enAddress Ven Address Salutation M VContactTbl Salutation Ven Address State Only enAddress Ven Address State Only M VContactTbl StateOnly Ven Address Zip enAddress Ven Address Zip M VContactTbl Zip Ven Phone Number enPhone Ven Phone Number M VCPhoneTbl NNumber Ven Phone Type enPhone Ven Phone Type M VCPhoneTbl PhoneType Ven Phone Unlisted enPhone Ven Phone Unlisted M VCPhoneTbl Unlisted Ven Phone X Number enPhone Ven Phone X Number M VCPhoneTbl XNumber Ven Totals Balance enTotals Ven Totals Balance M VTotalsTbl Balance Ven Totals Calendar YTD enTotals Ven Totals Calendar YTD M VTotalsTbl CalYTD Ven Totals Fiscal YTD enTotals Ven Totals Fiscal YTD M VTotalsTbl FiscalYTD Ven Totals Last Amount J lt J lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt J lt J lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 19 lt 9 lt J lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 l
150. ail t Detail High School Area of Study P M ETeaTbl HighSchArea Ct Detail High School Location t Detail High School Location M vn Bi ct 3 eaTbl HighSchLocation Ct Detail High School Name uO o B Bi ct 3 EXC Detail High School Name eaTbl HighSchName Ct Detail High School Years c tail t Detail High School Years P M ETeaTbl HighSchYears Ct Detail Hight School Degree C tail t Detail Hight School Degree P M ETeaTbl HighSchDegree Ct Detail Hight School Year Completed C tail t Detail Hight School Year Completed P M ETeaTbl HighSchYearComp Ct Detail Level Calc Cert e t t Detail Level Calc Cert P M ETeaTbl CalcCertLevell Ct Detail Level Certified Cc tail t Detail Level Certified P M ETeaTbl RCertLevell Ct Detail Level Date Certified c 2 t Detail Level Date Certified P M ETeaTbl RCertDateLevell Ct Detail Level Expired c t t Detail Level Expired P M ETeaTbl RExpiredLevell Ct Detail Level Remaining ail Detail Level Remaining UO Bl ct 3 eaTbl RRemainingLevell Ct Detail Level 2 Calc Cert UO SS cs ct Bl eaTbl CalcCertLevel2 Detail Level 2 Calc Cert Ct Detail Level 2 Certified uO w H Bi ct 3 X ct eaTbl RCertLevel2 Detail Level 2 Certified Ct Detail Level 2 Date Certified UO w H E ct 3 Ct Detail Level 2 Expired U Q cE 1 ct ti eaTbl RExpiredL
151. ailable If Data Field was chosen the Break On Groups list will include all available DataField Custom Field fields within the data pipeline even if it is not used in the report Group 0 Fam Fam Unique ID Delete r On Group Change Start new page If Custom Field is chosen the mep eset page E Groups list will include only the fies page uber objects that are in the report New page when less than Choose the field and click on Add v Keep group together The field name appears in the v Reprint group headers on subsequent pages Groups box as Group x fieldname or Group x objectname OK Cancel Fig 3 5 The number in the brackets is the group s break hierarchy the lower the number the first in priority to keep together as a group Therefore Group 0 would be kept together first then Group 1 etc Multiple group break points can be added and Data Field groups can be mixed with Custom Field groups Advanced Report Writer Sub reports Groups and Regions e 3 5 Other Group Options Group Header and Footer At the Group Change when the program sees each new group you can indicate how the new group is printed Start New Page Start each group on a new page Reset page number If each group is on a new page should the page number be reset New page when less than Begin a new page when the space remaining at the bottom of t
152. ale page style and notes Last Info LastInfo Contains variables and values used in the Pascal Script File from the last time the report was run Last Run LastRun This section saves the built in selection settings from the last run of the report such as UseSepStmt use separate statement and UseEMail prefer email Advanced Report Writer 2 Report Basics Overview This chapter discusses the basics ofthe Advanced Report Writer ARW editor the workspace basic controls and tools and how to use templates The ARW editor has two parts the toolbars Ei Advanced Report Writer Report Blank File Edit View Report Global Yariables Templates Help Design Preview A B mag mael A we ul Ca aan _ psag men ymee n Blew e s se 2 4 e sa oa ih on S mE jo Wo zs zu jezas iA 2 Fig 2 1 and the workspace Header Detail 0 Footer Fig 2 2 The Work Space When a new report is opened the workspace is divided into three bands Header Detail and Footer Objects in the Header will appear at the beginning of each page Objects in the Footer will appear at the end of every page Objects in the Detail band print once for each item inside this band Two other bands Title and Summary can be added by clicking on Report Title and Report Summary The Title will appear Title prints at the top of the report Header
153. als lkAccNumber J Emp Job Totals Kind m mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals Kind MEmployee tblTotals lkKind J Emp Job Totals Sub Type tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals Sub Type MEmployee tblTotals IkSubType J Emp Job Totals Type tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals Type MEmployee tblTotals lkTypeAcc J Emp Job Totals Year tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals Year MEmployee tblTotals Y ear J Emp Job Totals YTD tri mpJobTotals Emp Job Totals YTD MEmployee tblTotals calc Y TD J Emp Job Wage COA Name es mpJobWage Emp Job Wage COA Name MEmployee tblDistribution lkKCOAName J Emp Job Wage COA Number tri mpJobWage Emp Job Wage COA Number MEmployee tblDistribution IkCoaNumber J Emp Job Wage Fixed Amount tri mpJobWage Emp Job Wage Fixed Amount DMEnmployee tblDistribution FixedAmt Emp Job Wage Freguency EmpJobWage Emp Job Wage Freguency DMEnmployee tblDistribution lkFregName Emp Job Wage Percent Amount EmpJobWage Emp Job Wage Percent Amount J MEmployee tblDistribution PctAmt Emp Job Wage Type EmpJobWage Emp Job Wage Type DMEnmployee tblDistribution lkTypeName Employer Address 1 Employer Employer Address 1 DMEnmployee tblEmployer Address Employer Address 2 Employer Employer Address 2 DMEnmployee tblEmployer Address2 Employer Address Block Employer Emp
154. als Pct Var YTD to Budget YTD M CoaTotalsTbl PctVarY TDBudgetYTD Totals Pct Var YTD to Last Year YTD otals Totals Pct Var YTD to Last Year YTD M CoaTotalsTbl PctVarY TDLY YTD Totals Pct Var YTD to Total Budget o tals Totals Pct Var YTD to Total Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctVarYTDTotalBud Totals Pct YTD Amount otals Totals Pct YTD Amount M CoaTotalsTbl Pcet YTDAmount Totals Pct YTD Budget otals Totals Pct YTD Budget M CoaTotalsTbl PctY TDBudget Totals Pct Of Budget otals Totals Pct Of Budget alg alg alg AGFA AS U 4940909094979 0094909904049 4 9 419 410 410 919 oo M CoaTotalsTbl PctOfBudget Totals Pct Raw Accrual 4 otals Totals Pct Raw Accrual M CoaTotalsTbl PctRawAccrual J Totals Pct Raw Cash 4 otals Totals Pct Raw Cash M CoaTotalsTbl PctRawCash Totals Pct Raw Encumbrance otals Totals Pct Raw Encumbrance M CoaTotalsTbl PctRawEncumbrance oa Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 69 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Totals Pct Second Year Amount Totals Totals Pct Second Year Amount M CoaTotalsTbl PctSecYearAmt Totals Pct Second Year YTD Amount otals Totals Pct Second Year YTD Amount M CoaTotalsTbl PctSecYearYTDAmt Totals Pct YTD Raw Accrual otals
155. am 2 if s Yes then SystemVariablel Visible True else SystemVariablel Visible False end On the BeforePrint event of the phone number list enter var s string begin s PDSGetParam 4 if s Yes then DBMemol Visible True else DBMemol Visible False end Advanced Report Writer Adding and Accessing Screens e 7 9 On the BeforePrint event of the member grade field enter procedure DBText5OnPrint var i integer begin i StrToInt PDSGetParam 6 if i 1 then DBText5 Visible True else DBText5 Visible False end On the BeforePrint event of the member age field enter var i integer begin i StrToInt PDSGetParam 6 if i 2 then DBText3 Visible True else DBText3 Visible False end On the BeforePrint event of the member detail band enter var i integer i2 integer begin i StrToInt PDSGetParam 5 i2 Mem Mem Type Number if i 0 then Detail Visible False else begin if i 1 and i2 4 or i 2 and i2 lt gt 4 then Detail Visible False else Detail Visible True end end To add the ability to start each letter on a new page we have to add a group that triggers when the first letter changes To do that we add a new group that is connected to Labell and has start new page checked We also enter the following code for its Get Break Value event var s string begin s PDSGetParam 1 if s Yes then BreakValue Copy Fam Fam Name 1 1 els
156. am Blank2 Fam City Fig 2 19 Once you have chosen your fields click on Build Advanced Report Writer Report Copy Family Directory One Column nztdndsdav Ma nn Report itle Pane 2 12 e Report Basics Advanced Report Writer PDS Header Footer Template Advanced Report Writer The program creates the Header and Footer bands to match the predefined Listing reports The fields chosen are placed in the Detail band in columns matching the widths chosen A Summary band is added to hold the Count system variable Any ofthese items can be changed rearranged or removed The template is simply providing a familiar starting point The PDS Header Footer template simply places the Listing style Header and Footer around whatever Detail bands you already have created Click on Templates PDS Header Footer S Advanced Report Writer Report Copy Family Directory One Column File Edi View Report GlobalVariables Templates Help Design Preview A Elm S 2a a Qe OAGNESSA hau e amp meu ME Oe oS sae Lo Owner Name Ma E nr Report Title Fig 2 21 The template Header and Footer consists of these fields OwnerTitle label the church name from the License Information screen ReportTitle label the title of the report taken from the Name and Description step of the Report Wizard THLine a Horizontal line positioned at the Top The Date Pag
157. amp Mary Fam Fam Name Format 2 Smith Jr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat2 Fam Name Format 3 SMITH JR John amp Fam Fam Name Format 3 Mary PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat3 Fam Name Format 4 Mr amp Mrs Smith Fam Fam Name PDSDMData Fam Format4 Fam Name Format 5 first name Fam Fam Name PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat5 Fam Name Format 6 spouse name Fam Fam Name Format 6 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat6 Fam Name Format 7 Smith Jr Fam Fam Name PDSDMData Fam Format7 Fam Name Format 8 Mr amp Mrs Fam Fam Name PDSDMData Fam Format8 Fam Name Format 9 John amp Mary Fam Fam Name PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat9 Fam Name Fam Fam Name PDSDMData FamTbl CurrentName Fam Num All Children Fam Fam Num All Children PDSDMData FamTbl NumAllChild Fam Num All Members Fam Fam Num All Members PDSDMData FamTbl NumAllMem Fam Number Of Children Fam Fam Number Of Children PDSDMData FamTbl NumOfChildren Fam Number Of Students Fam Fam Number Of Students PDSDMData FamTbl NumOfStudents Fam Num Children Fam Fam Num Children PDSDMData FamTbl NumChild Fam Num Members Fam Fam Num Members PDSDMData FamTbl NumMem Fam Orig ID Number Fam Fam Orig ID Number PDSDMData FamTbl IDNumber Fam Orig Mailing Name Fam Fam Orig Mailing Name PDSDMData FamTbl MailingName Fam Orig Formal Sal Fam Fam Orig Formal Sal PDSDMData FamTbl FormalSal Fam Orig Informal Sal Fa
158. an ever because we have made commitments based on the amount pledged to the program Please help us by trying to make regular payments towards your pledge We need the assistance of everyone Reload Default Text OK Cancel Fig 5 1 In this letter different paragraphs are printed depending on the family s Fund Totals Payment Percentage If the percentage is greater than or equal to 95 gt 95 then the first paragraph will print If the percentage is between 80 and 95 percent the second paragraph will print If the percentage is less than 80 the third paragraph will print Advanced Report Writer Expanding Letters and Statements e 5 1 IF statement The format of the IF statement is slightly different than in an ARW report In the text of a format letter the IF statement is surrounded by triangle brackets or the less than lt and greater than gt signs Example if FundTotals Fund Totals Payment Percentage gt 95 gt T T Fields used in the statement must have the format of Category fieldname Note the use of single quotes and square brackets around the field name Example if FundTotals Fund Totals Payment Percentage gt 95 gt T T The categories and field names can be typed in or can be chosen by clicking on Insert Fam Field Fam Address 1 i Fam Address 2 The category names are highlighted in color Fam Address Block Fam Address Changed Fam Address Remarks Fam Alt Prefe
159. and choosing Calculations This will provide a Pascal programming dialog box For more info about working with variables refer to chapter 4 Shapes and e You can insert shapes and lines into your report with the Shapes Lines p El and Lines buttons Design Preview Once a shape object is added choose what kind of shape from the input box A amp 2 tae TEN m e Choices are rectangle square rounded c T E rectangle or square circle and ellipse Fig 2 10 e a c n oil 5 Design Preview Once a line is added choose where the line appears from the input box A lib P3 d 4 ku Choices are top bottom left or right to sf E of the object 2 See 8 oo Fig 2 11 amp J Use these buttons to choose the color of the shape the color of the line the line thickness and the line style Advanced Report Writer Report Basics e 2 5 Data Fields The most common object to input into a report is a DBText or data sensitive field These fields are directly connected to your database and will display the family or member information Design Preview Once you add a data field choose A B a E u d amp Qu A Sn aE which field Mem z Mem Name M category also called data 9 2 Em ou lat pipeline and field Fig 2 72 name from the input box o oa a sell mm cg c n
160. ar3 Totals Budget for Year otals Totals Budget for Year alg alo AGC AGC alg ASA TFC FC FAC al alu U 3 JU 9090909099429 429 S 9090049949 219 S S 410 9319 oo M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetYear 10 68 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Totals Budget Remaining Totals Totals Budget Remaining M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetRemaining J Totals Column 1 4 otals Totals Column 1 M CoaTotalsTbl Column1 J Totals Column 2 4 otals Totals Column 2 M CoaTotalsTbl Column2 J Totals Column 3 4 otals Totals Column 3 M CoaTotalsTbl Column3 Totals Current Amount o tals Totals Current Amount M CoaTotalsTbl CurrentAmount Totals Current Budget otals Totals Current Budget M CoaTotalsTbl CurrentBudget Totals Current Name otals Totals Current Name M CoaTotalsTbl CurrentName Totals Last Year Amount o tals Totals Last Year Amount M CoaTotalsTbl LastYearAmount Totals Last Year Budget otals Totals Last Year Budget M CoaTotalsTbl LastYearBudget Totals Last Year Column 1 otals Totals Last Year Column 1 M CoaTotalsTbl LastY earColumnl Totals Last Year Column 2 tals Totals Last Year Column 2 M CoaTotalsTbl LastYearColumn2 o Totals
161. arTabs clear tab stops SetTab 3 1440 0 tab stop at 3 inches SetTab 4 1440 0 tab stop at 4 inches Here is what we want to say println Summary println println DateToStr Now println println Advanced Report Writer Exporting and Importing Data e 9 5 HE DIALOG READY E p Hy wx Q n rorRepDlg ReportTitle Export Data For XYZ rorRepDlg ReportSettingsFileName trim DMReport RepTblFileName AsString ini ErrorRepDlg ProcExpLabel Caption Export Completed ErrorRepDlg PrintExpLabel Caption ErrorRepDlg RTFText ReadOnly true ErrorRepDlg RTFText CPPosition 0 PDSShowDlg ErrorRepDlg finally PDSFreeDlg ErrorRepDlg end end Then at the end of the After BuildExport routine we would put in BuildSummary We would also add a FinishBuildExport event to tell the program not to show the last dialog box function FinishBuildExport boolean begin Result false We have already showed the summary so we are finished Don t show the last dialog end In the Church Office program we have a very complicated export for envelope companies Please make a copy of this and look at the script for it Looking at other reports can help you understand how things work Exporting to We can export to a file but we can also export directly to an OLE server such as Microsoft OLE Exc
162. arks PDSDMData MemTbl GenRemarks Mem Grade Mem Mem Grade PDSDMData MemTbl Grade Mem ID Number Mem Mem ID Number PDSDMData MemTbl REIDNumber Mem Inactive Mem Mem Inactive PDSDMData MemTbl Inactive Mem Informal Sal Mem Mem Informal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl InformalSal Mem Is Catechist Mem Mem Is Catechist PDSDMData MemTbl Teacher Mem Is Parent Mem Mem Is Parent PDSDMData MemTbl Parent Mem Is Student Mem Mem Is Student PDSDMData MemTbl Student Mem Language Mem Mem Language PDSDMData MemTbl Language Mem Last Name Mem Mem Last Name PDSDMData MemTbl LastName Mem Letter Language Mem Mem Letter Language PDSDMData MemTbl LetterLanguage Mem Location Mem Mem Location PDSDMData MemTbl Location Mem Maiden Name Mem Mem Maiden Name PDSDMData MemTbl MaidenName Mem Mailing Name Mem Mem Mailing Name PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentMailingName Mem Marital Status Mem Mem Marital Status PDSDMData MemTbl MaritalStatus Mem Month Num of Birth Mem Mem Month Num of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl MonthNumofBirth Mem Month of Birth Mem Mem Month of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl MonthOfBirth 10 38 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts
163. ata FamFundRateTbl FDStartDate Fund Rate Terms FundRate Fund Rate Terms PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl Terms Fund Rate Terms Period FundRate Fund Rate Terms Period PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDPeriod Fund Rate Total FundRate Fund Rate Total PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDTotal Fund Rate Use EFT FundRate Fund Rate Use EFT PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl UseEFT Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 1 31 or More Fund Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 1 Days PDSD FundTotalsTbl AccumDelAmtl Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 2 61 or More Fund Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 2 Days PDSD FundTotalsTbl AccumDelAmt2 Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 3 91 or More Fund Fund Totals Accum Deling Amt 3 Days PDSD FundTotalsTbl AccumDelAmt3 Fund Totals Deling Amt 1 31 to 60 Days Fund Fund Totals Deling Amt 1 PDSD FundTotalsTbl DelAmtl Fund Totals Deling Amt 2 61 to 90 Days Fund Fund Deling Amt 2 PDSD FundTo DelAmt2 Fund Totals Deling Amt 3 91 or More Days Fund Fund Deling Amt 3 PDSD FundTo DelAmt3 Fund Totals Grand Total Balance Fund Fund Grand Total Balance PDSD FundTo GrandTotalBalance Fund Totals Grand Total Credit Fund Fund Grand Total Credit PDSD FundTo GrandTotalCredit Fund Totals Grand Total Deductible Fund Fund Grand Total Deductible PDSD FundTo GrandTotalDeductible Fund Totals Grand Total Due Fund Fund Grand Total Due PDSD FundTo GrandTotalDue Fund Totals Grand Total Gifts Fund Fund Grand To
164. ault Section you can assign values that you want the report to use the first time it is run SortBy Name ID Number or Second ID Number ForceSortBy Name the default sort is by Name and only name can be chosen Landscape turn on landscape DisableScaling 1 The program will not scale the report It works best for forms and certificates PageStyle xxx MarginStyle xxx LHStyle xxx Letterhead style DateFmtStyle xxx Date Format style InsideAddrStyle xxx Inside Address style ClosingStyle xxx LabelStyle xxx After the report is run the INI file holds the values used Those values can in turn be used to set XXX which the report will then use as the default for that style For example PageStyle 362 will default the report to Compress Print Last Info LastInfo This section holds initialization variables and values used by the Pascal Script File These parameters are discussed in chapter 4 Fields Fields Listing reports contain a line for each field and its settings BeAdvanced Script n x General Report Information UDR File INI File Pascal Script File Prop Name New List Report SkipMergeUp 0 Default PageStyle 362 Fields Cols 2 ColValue0 Fam CurrentIDNumber 10 Fam ID Env Number 11 ColYaluel Fam_CurrentName 140 Fam Name 1 Load File Save File Fig 1 4 Introduction e 1 3 INI files 1 4 e Introduction Co
165. bell Caption Can Supervise abell Visible true if I 5 then Labell Font Color clRed else Labell Font Color clBlack end As you can see in the example above IF statements can be nested inside one another In most cases it is best to put the nested statements inside of a BEGIN END block to eliminate confusion as to which statements go with which IF condition An example would be if I gt 5 then if I lt 16 then Labell Caption the value is 5 to 15 else if I gt 20 then Labell Caption the value is above 20 else Labell Caption the value is 16 to 20 else Labell caption the value is less than 5 This is complicated The indenting helps a lot but it is hard to tell what the final ELSE is for This can be made easier by adding a couple of BEGIN END blocks Compare the above example with the following one if I gt 5 then begin if I lt 16 then Labell Caption the value is 5 to 15 else begin if I gt 20 then Labell Caption the value is above 20 else Labell Caption the value is 16 to 20 end end else begin Labell caption the value is less than 5 end Advanced Report Writer CASE A CASE statement is a short cut for doing many IF statements Its purpose is to make statements some code structures easier to read It replaces a series of IF THEN statements with an easier form For example code such as this if I 1 t
166. ber t mpEmgPhone Emp Emg Phone Number MEmployee tblEmgPhone NNumber J Emp Emg Phone Type tri mpEmgPhone Emp Emg Phone Type MEmployee tblEmgPhone PhoneType J Emp Emg Phone Unlisted es mpEmgPhone Emp Emg Phone Unlisted MEmployee tblEmgPhone Unlisted J Emp Emg Phone X Number m mpEmgPhone Emp Emg Phone X Number MEmployee tblEmgPhone XNumber J Emp Evaluation By es mpEvaluation Emp Evaluation By MEmployee tblEvaluation EvaluatedBy J Emp Evaluation Date es mpEvaluation Emp Evaluation Date MEmployee tblEvaluation Date J Emp Evaluation Remarks tri mpEvaluation Emp Evaluation Remarks MEmployee tblEvaluation Comments J Emp Job Annual Salary Hourly Rate tri mpJob Emp Job Annual Salary Hourly Rate MEmployee tblJobs Salary J 10 52 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp Job Date Hired EmpJob Emp Job Date Hired DMEmployee tblJobs HireDate Emp Job Date Terminated EmpJob Emp Job Date Terminated DMEmployee tblJobs TerminationDate Emp Job Days Per Check EmpJob Emp Job Days Per Check DMEmployee tblJobs
167. c e ched Order e c e G hed Session Name TeaSchedTbl SessionName 10 30 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Detail Renewed Date Certification eaTbl RCertDateRenew Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ct Sched Unique ID CtSched Ct Sched Unique ID PDSDMData RETeaSchedTbl SchedRecNum E Mail Description EMail E Mail Description PDSDMData MemEMailTbl EMailDesc E Mail E Mail Address EMail E Mail E Mail Address PDSDMData MemEMailTbl EMailAddress E Mail Prefers E Mail EMail E Mail Prefers E Mail PDSDMData MemEMailTbl EMailOverMail Enrollment Enrollment Date Enrollment Enrollment Enrollment Date PDSDMData MemREEnrTbl REEnrDate Enrollment Enrollment Year Enrollment Enrollment Enrollment Year PDSDMData MemREEnrTbl REEnrYear Enrollment Grade Enrollment Enrollment Grade PDSDMData MemREEnrTbl EnrGrade Fam Address 1 Fam Fam Address 1 PDSDMData FamTbl Addressl Fam Address 2 Fam Fam Address 2 PDSDMData FamTbl Address2 Fam Address Remarks Fam Fam Address Remarks PDSDMData FamTbl AddressRemarks
168. cap Credit PDSD FundTo RecapCredit Fund Totals Recap Deductible Fund Fund Recap Deductible PDSD FundTo RecapDeductible Fund Totals Recap Due Fund Fund Recap Due PDSD FundTo RecapDue Fund Totals Recap Gifts Fund Fund Recap Gifts PDSD FundTo RecapGifts Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 15 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fund Totals Recap Non Cash FundTotals Fund Totals Recap Non Cash PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl RecapNonCash Fund Totals Recap Non Ded FundTotals Fund Totals Recap Non Ded PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl RecapNonDed Fund Totals Recap Paid FundTotals Fund Totals Recap Paid PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl RecapPaid Fund Totals Recap Refund FundTotals Fund Totals Recap Refund PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl RecapRefund Fund Totals Recap Total Paid FundTotals Fund Totals Recap Total Paid PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl RecapTotalPaid Fund Totals Tax Statement Reguired Fund Totals Fund Totals Tax Statement Reguired PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl TaxStatementReguired
169. cececececsesssaeceeececsessaeeeeeeeceenenteaeees 4 6 Local Variable declarations 4 6 Assignment Statements sse enne 4 7 IF THEN statements ccssseeeessssssnennnnsnsnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnsnnnnnnnennnnsnsn nennen 4 7 CASE statements eese nennen nennen enne entera DL LL entren annee 4 9 WHILE OOPS 22 GN ete ee te e ent e 4 9 REPEAT UNTIL loops 2 4 unseren 4 9 FOR IOODS HRN eg dte de sin en 4 10 Built in Procedure statements cueeeeanseeeeseneeeennnnenennnnnsnnnnennennnneneenenn 4 10 Conditions ae ea ra EIN PR eet 4 11 Calculations oreet a ae e OH end 4 11 Comments zen en ve YA CYW TG NF O 4 12 Test the Code YN NN BN DA NAF GE DDIGON NE 4 12 View thie Code rne NIC 4 13 Print the Coder eret eI e 4 13 Ongoing Project Building the Family Directory eeeereeeeeeeee etre 4 14 Open the Rep fti nennen nn asian dte fees 4 14 Create Global Variables esssseeeeeen eene enne 4 14 Initialize Global Variables seeeeeen ene 4 15 Inactive Fainilies iere ce tree eve te ER eet WEA 4 15 Create the new Label o eee ette te eee tet 4 17 R n the Report coe itte ec eO OR E be a e IER 4 18 5 Expanding Letters and Statements sessssssssonssssonssssnnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnnennunne D L ada P M 5 1 TE StatementS nn K 5 1 IE statement format ee OTT FD YGU SG 5 2 Using EESE x eR FT FN
170. cture PDSDMData MemTbl PictureFile Mem Raw Title Mem Mem Raw Title PDSDMData MemTbl RawTitle Mem Relationship Mem Mem Relationship PDSDMData MemTbl Relationship Mem Religion Mem Mem Religion PDSDMData MemTbl UserKWl Mem Separate Statement Mem Mem Separate Statement PDSDMData MemTbl SeparateStatement Mem Suffix Mem Mem Suffix PDSDMData MemTbl Suffix Mem Title Mem Mem Title PDSDMData MemTbl Title Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 17 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Mem Type Number Mem Mem Type Number PDSDMData MemTbl MemberType Mem Type Mem Mem Type PDSDMData MemTbl Type T Mem Unique ID Mem Mem Unique ID PDSDMData MemTbl MemRecNum Mem Volunteer List Mem Mem Volunteer List p DSDMData MemTbl VolunteerList 1 Mem X Phone List Mem Mem X Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl XPhoneList Mem Year of Birth Mem Mem Year of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl YearOfBirth Mem Youngest Child sis Mem Youngest Child Data MemTbl YoungestChild Us 0 d Ministries End Date tries Ministries End Date Data MemMinTbl EndDate Ux E 3 H Ministries Ministry tries Ministries Ministry Data MemMinTbl MinName U mi 2 H
171. cupation Student Student Occupation PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW3 Student Oldest Child Student Student Oldest Child PDSDMData MemTbl OldestChild Student Phone List Student Student Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl PhoneList Student Picture Student Student Picture PDSDMData MemTbl PictureFile Student Raw Title Student Student Raw Title PDSDMData MemTbl RawTitle Student Relationship Student Student Relationship PDSDMData MemTbl Relationship Student Religion Student Student Religion PDSDMData MemTbl UserKWl Student School Student Student School PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW4 Student Suffix Student Student Suffix PDSDMData MemTbl Suffix Student Title Student Student Title PDSDMData MemTbl Title Student Type Number Student Student Type Number PDSDMData MemTbl MemberType Student Type Student Student Type PDSDMData MemTbl Type Student Unigue ID Student Student Unigue ID PDSDMData MemTbl MemRecNum Student Volunteer List Student Student Volunteer List PDSDMData MemTbl VolunteerList Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 45 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Student X Phone List un U Student X Phone List Data MemTbl XPhoneList Student Year of Birth 3 ct Student Year of Birth Data MemTbl YearOfBirth Student Youngest Child ct
172. cv Credit DM SubRcvTbl Credit Sub Rcv Date SubRcy Sub Rcv Date DM SubRevTbl TDate Sub Rev Debit SubRcy Sub Rev Debit DM SubRcvTbl Debit Sub Rcv Description SubRcy Sub Rcv Description DM SubRcvTbl Description Sub Rcv Name SubRcy Sub Rev Name DM SubRcvTbl AccName Sub Rcv Number SubRev Sub Rev Number DM SubRevTbl Number Sub Rev Reconciled SubRev Sub Rev Reconciled DM SubRcvTbl Reconciled Sub Rcv Voided or Reversed SubRcy Sub Rcv Voided or Reversed DM SubRcvTbl VoidedOrReversed Sub Rcv Voided SubRcy Sub Rcv Voided DM SubRcvTbl Voided Sub Trn Amount SubTm Sub Trn Amount DM SubTrnTbl Amount Sub Trn Amount Not Voided SubTrn Sub Trn Amount Not Voided DM SubTrnTbl AmountNotVoided Sub Trn Credit SubTrn Sub Trn Credit DM SubTmTbl Credit Sub Trn Date SubTrn Sub Trn Date DM SubTrnTbI TDate Sub Trn Debit SubTrn Sub Trn Debit DM SubTrnTbl Debit Sub Trn Description SubTrn Sub Trn Description DM SubTmnTbl Description Sub Trn Name SubTrn Sub Trn Name DM SubTrnTbl Name Sub Trn Number SubTrn Sub Trn Number DM SubTrnTbl Number Sub Trn Reconciled SubTrn Sub Trn Reconciled DM SubTrnTbl Reconciled Sub Trn Voided or Reversed SubTrn Sub Trn Voided or Reversed DM SubTrnTbl VoidedOrReversed Sub Trn Voided SubTm Sub Trn
173. d as AlternatePeriod Fam Alt Prefers E Mail ps fers E Mail AltEMailOverMail Fam Blankl S Blankl Fam Blank2 Blank2 Fam City S Fam City City Fam City Only 1S ly CityOnly Fam Confidential Remarks S Fam Confide ntial Remarks ConfRemarks Fam Date Alt Addr Changed S t Addr Changed AlternateChanged Fam Date Alternate Addr Certified S x ternate Addr Certified AlternateCertDate Fam Date Changed S HESS anged DateChanged Fam Date Created Created S DateCreated Fam Date Funds Changed Funds Changed S FundDateChanged Fam Date Mailing Addr Certified Mailing Addr Certified MailingCertDate Fam Date Mailing Addr Changed ps Mailing Addr Changed MailingChanged Fam Date Name Changed S Name Changed NameChanged Fam Date Phone Changed ps ay Phone Changed PhoneChanged Fam Date Registered S Registered DateRegistered Fam Date Street Addr Certified S Stree Addr Certified StreetCertDate Fam Date Street Addr Changed AT treet Addr Changed ps t ct ct StreetChanged Fam Date Left Parish Left Parish mak DateLeftParish Fam E Mail Fi ps
174. d Month Credit lc CalcFundMonthTbl Credit Calc Fund Month Disp Date Month Calc Fund Month Disp Date lc CalcFundMonthTbl DispDate Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 23 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Calc Fund Month Due Calc Fund Mont FundMonthTbl Due h Due Calc Fund Month Fund Name Calc F nd Mon Fund Name ndName rj ct Calc Fund Month Fund Number Calc F u FundMonthTbl u FundMont nd Month Fund Number Calc Fund Month Gifts Calc Fund Mont FundMont Gifte hTbl Gifts Calc Fund Month Hours Calc Fund Mont FundMont h u h hTbl FundNumber h 3 h Hours hTbl Hours Calc Fund Month Hours Due UO Calc Fund Mon FundMont th Hours Due hTbl HoursDue Calc Fund Month Ignore Calc Fund Month Ignore FundMonthTbl Ignore UO Calc Fund Month Month Calc Fund Mont FundMonthTbl Month UO h Month Calc Fund Month Month Name UO Calc Fund Month Month Name FundMonthTbl MonthName Calc Fund Month Paid U Q Calc Fund Month Paid FundMonthTbl Paid Calc Fund Month Paid And Credit UO Calc Fund Month Paid And Credit FundMonthTbl PaidAndCredit Calc Fund Month Rec Num UO Calc Fund Month Rec Num FundMonthTbl
175. dialog box all the way to the DBMemol s Group Footer 1 Fam Address 1 m Group Footer D ppVariable1 left Otherwise the Report Tree floats over your Fig 2 16 work space Advanced Report Writer Data Tree Advanced Report Writer The Data Tree shows information about the fields in two tabs Data and Layout The Data tab shows the field categories and fields available E DMReport Fam The top portion shows an So n outline of the data categories ie Fam FamKeyword etc Fields for Fam EB Fam Address 1 String 60 The bottom portion shows a Efl Fam Address 2 String 80 PT EN Fam Address Block String 163 listing of the fields that belong BB a NR i t the chosen category The Efl Fam Address Remarks Memo 4 DEUM MAE Boolean field s Name Type and Size are EB Fam Alt Address Da Integer shown EB Fam Alt Address Da Integer CB Fam Alt Address Mo Integer CB Fam Alt Address Mo Integer EB Fam Alternate Addre String 163 CB Fam Alternate Addre String 60 You can drag and drop a data field directly from the Data Tree into your report The program automatically creates a label for the field which can be modified The Layout tab is used to indicate how and if a label is to Tee Ue a venca be included when a data field is a Maii ES She dropped from the data tree MS DX C Fields Choose All to create bot
176. e BreakValue end Note that the capitalization must match or we would want to use UpperCase PDSGetParam 1 to force the value to be in all caps 7 10 e Adding and Accessing Screens Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer In the code above we put the parameters in a variable and used that variable for comparisons We could have compared directly with the values i e if PDSGetParam 1 Yes but we have found that this sometimes does not work we have not yet found the reason why and so we always assign it to a variable and then do the comparison Other Objects There are other objects that can be placed on a screen such as buttons and grids Examples of these can be found in the Member Involvement reports Just like in the embedded code objects in the script can have events too For example if you add a button to a screen you would like to add an event that fires when the button is clicked on So we can create a button Procedure MyBtnOnClick Sender Tobject Begin ShowMessage Button clicked end Procedure AfterReportload var MyBtn TButton begin NewScreenPage MyBtn TButton Create CurForm MyBtn Caption My Button MyBtn Top 10 MyBtn Left 10 MyBtn Width 30 MyBtn Height 10 MyBtn Parent CurPage AttachEvent MyBtn OnClick MyBtnOnClick false end The AttachEvent procedure connects an event to the procedure you want to run for a given object
177. e Number system variables and Note a label can be positioned either in the Header or Footer depending on the Page Style The template allots a field for either Linel an unformatted horizontal line Object Outline Header A OwnerTitle A ReportTitle THLine g HeaderDate Qg HeaderPageNumber A HeaderNote m Detail ui Footer a FooterD ate 2 FooterPageNumber A FooterNote Linel Fig 2 22 Report Basics e 2 13 Fonts and Page Style 2 14 e Report Basics All regular objects labels memos system variables calculated variables used in an ARW report whether DB connected or not can have whatever font you choose However sometimes you want those fields to have the same font as dictated in the Page Style This can be set by right clicking on an object and choosing Font Changes You can choose Change Font When Printed No Don t Change the font Use the font chosen in the ARW Yes Change the font Use the Title Heading Detail or Date Page font as chosen in the Page Style Fig 2 23 prane Sao man SFO Wem Son Was Seo Fig 2 24 Advanced Report Writer Preview Click on the Preview tab to see how your report will look using your data Bf Advanced Report Writer Report Blank File Edit View Heport Global Yariables Templates Help Design Preview Bl He 100 I4 4 1 bob Barcel amp Fig 2 25 Van Loon Jeff Jeane M M Harcourt Elizabet
178. e ee ee ee EHER Statement for Rep Start Date mmmm d yyyy gt thru Rep End Date mmmm d yyyy List Fund Month Fund Total dkttkttk List Grp List List Hour List 4 gt Reload Default Text OK Cancel Fig 5 7 Embedded lists can be added to a letter by typing the name in triangle brackets lt gt The format is List reportname gt These are the lists available in Church Office Management List All Pledges gt Total of all families for all pledges for selected funds lt List Comm gt Communion data for each member lt List Confirm gt Confirmation data for each member lt List Coupon Bottom gt Prints a return coupon at the bottom of the letter lt List Coupon Top gt Prints a return coupon at the top of the letter lt List Deling gt Family s delinguency information lt List Fund Month gt Fund name and total paid each month lt List Gifts gt Additional gifts totals lt List Grp List gt Fund groups with Due Paid Balance for stmt lt List Grp List 2 gt Fund groups with Due Total Tax deduct balance lt List Grp List 3 gt Fund groups showing Amt Paid only lt List Hist List gt Activity history for the fund selected lt List Hour List gt Hours due completed balance similar to GrpList lt List IRS Note gt Special tax note at the end of tax statements lt List Mem Amt
179. e to use programming commands imbedded in the report imbedded code to control the information to be printed and the format of that information You will also be able to use Pascal scripting language to create additional layout screens and control events outside of the report Therefore this manual will assume that the user is familiar with the PDS Office Suite programs the Ledger and Payroll programs for Windows or the Facility Scheduler for Windows It also assumes the user is familiar with basic mouse operation such as double click and right click and with standard Windows menus toolbars and command buttons Although some programming knowledge is helpful it is not required to create ARW reports This chapter shows how to create a new report and what s in the INI and UDR files Copy vs Add An Advanced Report Writer report ARW can be created in two ways from the Reports screen Select a report category and click on Add Advanced Reports Report Select a predefined report or ARW report and click on Copy Select the Report r List of Reports r Description Open All Close All Directory listing of families with member names and ages or grades M Famiy Reports gt Listing Reports Letters Statements Label Envelope Reports Rolodex lndex Cards Data Exports Envelope Companies Family Easy Reports New Adv Report Financial Reports gt Listing Reports Financial Statements Label E
180. ect the Family Name which is DBText1 Right click and select Get Text This will open the code editor VIRES Get Text _IoIx BAER Line 2 Col 9 begin Insert a Data Field Save Insert an Object Attribute Cancel Fig 4 11 Embedded Code e 4 15 4 16 e Embedded Code Above the BEGIN statement create a local variable s which will be a string type and will represent whether the family is inactive P DBT ext Get Text BEBE var s string l begin Text end Fig 4 12 Inside the BEGIN END block set s equal to the field Fam Fam Inactive You can type this or use the Insert a Data Field button to choose Fam Inactive from the Fam table FS DIAC BEBE s string begin s Fam Fam Inactive end Fig 4 13 Add an IF THEN ELSE statement that says if s is equal to yes then the text of the field is equal to itself plus the word inactive else the text is equal to itself P DBText1 Get Text aele ar s string begin s Fam Fam Inactive if s Yes then Text Text inactive else Text Text end Fig 4 14 Advanced Report Writer Notice a few things about this block of code The equals used to compare s to the word Yes does not have a colon in front The colon is not used in comparison statements like IF only in assignment statements The IF andthe THEN statements have no semicolon following them The
181. ed J Emp Date First Hired tri mp Emp Date First Hired MEmployee tblEmployee HireDate J Emp E Mail Emp Emp E Mail DMEnmployee tblEmployee Email Emp First Name Emp Emp First Name DMEnmployee tblEmployee FirstName Emp Gender Emp Emp Gender DMEmployee tblEmployee Gender Emp ID Number Emp Emp ID Number J MEmployee tblEmployee ID Emp Inactive m mp Emp Inactive MEmployee tblEmployee Inactive J Emp Last Name tri mp Emp Last Name MEmployee tblEmployee LastName J Emp Mailing Name tri mp Emp Mailing Name MEmployee tblEmployee Mailing J Emp Name tri mp Emp Name MEmployee tblEmployee Name J Emp Phone List tri mp Emp Phone List MEmployee tblEmployee PhoneList J Emp Picture tri mp Emp Picture MEmployee tblEmployee Picture J Emp Remarks Emp Emp Remarks DMEnmployee tblEmployee Remarks Emp Salutation Emp Emp Salutation DMEmployee tblEmployee Salutation Emp SSN Emp Emp SSN DMEnmployee tblEmployee SSN Emp Suffix Emp Emp Suffix DMEmployee tblEmployee Suffix Emp Title Emp Emp Title DMEnmployee tblEmployee Title Emp Web Page Emp Emp Web Page DMEnmployee tblEmployee WebPage Emp1099 Income QTD Emp1099 Emp 1099 Income QTD DMEnmployee tblEmp1099 IncomeOTD Emp1099 Income YTD Emp1099 Emp1099 Income
182. ed ase Fam Date Phone Changed Phone Changed ps PhoneChanged Fam Date Street Addr Certified Street Addr Certified StreetCertDate Fam Date Street Addr Changed S Street Addr Changed StreetChanged Fam E Mail S CurrentEMail Fam Family Status ps Status FamilyStatus Fam First Name S Name FirstName Fam Formal Sal S Sal CurrentFormalSal Fam General Remarks S x Fam General Remarks GenRemarks Fam Geog Area S Area e HESS AreaNumber Fam ID Number S er CurrentIDNumber Fam Inactive nactive S nactive Fam Inactive Members nactive Members nactiveMembers Fam Informal Sal ps nformal Sal CurrentInformalSal Fam Last Name s Name M LastName Fam Letter Language F y Language M LetterLanguage Fam License Name 1 Name LicenseName Fam Mailing Address is Certified S Address is Certified MailingCertified Fam Mailing Address Line 1 AT ps Address Line 1 MailingAddress1 Fam Mailing Address Line 2 ps Address Line 2 MailingAddress2 Fam Mailing C O Name S C O Name MailingNameCO Fam Mailing Carrier Route arrier Route 2G M MailingCarrierRoute Fam
183. ed Asset Account Number M AssetTbl AssetAcctNum Asset Inactive sset Asset Inactive M AssetTbl Inactive Asset Last Depreciation Amount sset Asset Last Depreciation Amount M AssetTbl DeprLastAmount Asset Last Depreciation Date sset Asset Last Depreciation Date M AssetTbl DeprLastDate Asset Life Expectancy sset Asset Life Expectancy M AssetTbl LifeExpectance Asset Name of Fixed Asset sset Asset Name of Fixed Asset M AssetTbl Name Asset Purchase Date sset Asset Purchase Date M AssetTbl PurchaseDate Asset Purchase Price sset Asset Purchase Price M AssetTbl PurchasePrice Asset Remarks sset Asset Remarks M AssetTbl Remarks Asset Salvage Value sset Asset Salvage Value M AssetTbl SalvageValue Asset Serial Number sset Asset Serial Number M AssetTbl SerialNumber Asset Take Yearly sset Asset Take Yearly M AssetTbl TakeYearly Asset Total to Date Depreciation sset Asset Total to Date Depreciation M AssetTbl DeprTTD Asset Voided sset Asset Voided M AssetTbl Voided Asset Voided Or Reversed sset Asset Voided Or Reversed M AssetTbl VoidedOrReversed Asset Year to Date Depreciation sset Asset Year to Date Depreciation M AssetTbl DeprYTD COA Account Code ID oa COA Account Code ID M COATDl AcctCodeld COA Account Name oa COA
184. egions automatically have an outline around them Right click and choose Transparent to turn off the outline if desired You can right click on a region to change its options or properties An ellipsis in the property name indicates additional controls Bring to Front Send to Back Moves the region in front of or behind its objects Ifa region is not Sent to Back and is moved over other objects those objects cannot be seen even though they are there behind the region When a region is first created it is in Front KeepTogether Keep all parts of a region together on one page Do not break contents across two pages ParentHeight Make this region the same height as the workspace ParentWidth Make this region the same width as the workspace Position Where is the region positioned in the workspace including width and height ReprintOnOverFlow If the region is Stretched and would go to a 2 page reprint this region on that 2 page ShiftRelativeTo Keep the position of the region relative to another sub report or object ShiftWithParent Keep the position of the region relative to the workspace Stretch When printing automatically expand the region to encompass its objects StretchWithParent When printing automatically expand the region to match the workspace Transparent Turn off the outline that automatically surrounds a region Visible Make the region visible or not visible including its contents Sub
185. el or Microsoft Word Here is a very small routine that opens Excel creates a spreadsheet and puts text in cell position 5 1 which is spreadsheet cell A5 with a font size of 20 function PrintDefaultReport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end function BeforeBuildExport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end 9 6 e Exporting and Importing Data Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer procedure AfterBuildExport var v OLEVariant begin v CreateOleObject Excel Application v Visible true v WorkBooks Add v ActiveSheet Cells 5 1 Font Size 20 v d ActiveSheet Cells 5 1 PDS Ledger Data lolx i File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help I x ez vo X a Dulas e PDS Ledger Data Sheet1 Sheet2 Sheet3 Tr Rey 1 NN Tg Importing Data Just as there are cases for exporting data there are cases where we need to import data The scripting can handle that as well To create an import we start with what we learned in the exports We create an export report and instead of writing the data to a disk we read from it All of the things we covered in exports also apply to imports We might be dealing with straight text or it might be fixed width data We want to show the user
186. elections have not yet been attached but it 1s convenient place to create the tables Called just after the preview button has been pressed It gives you a chance to detect any problems with the values they have selected and cancel the report The report can be canceled by setting Result false in the event Called before simple filters have been attached Called after simple filters have been attached Called after addition selections are added Many things are usually done in this event since all the tables have their selections attached For example we might go through the tables and get grand totals so that we can refer to a percentage of the total in the report Called before printing You can use this event in conjuction with the BeforeSetupPrint to tell the program that this is not a normal report If we are doing an export or an import where there is no report to be generated we would add this event and set Result false We also need to put in BeforeSetupPrint with the same Result false This causes the preview screen to not show See the description above Called before we begin printing Called after the report has printed Called after the report even if this report was not designed to print anything Called at the end of the report This gives us a chance to free any data tables that we may have created in this script probably in the CreateExternalData event Called at the very end Advanced Report Writer
187. emSacLookTbl Date5Extra Sac Marriage Status Sac Sac Marriage Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Status Sac Marriage Year of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Year of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5YearofDate5 Sac Reconciliati Addl Status Sac Sac Reconciliati Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Addl Sac Reconciliati Date Sac Sac Reconciliati Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Date Sac Reconciliati Day of Reconciliati Sac Sac Reconciliati Day of Reconciliati PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3DayofDate3 Sac Reconciliati Extra Info Sac Sac Reconciliati Extra Info PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Extra Sac Reconciliati Month Num of Reconciliati Sac Sac Reconciliati Month Num of Reconciliati PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3MonthNumofDate3 Sac Reconciliati Month of Reconciliati Sac Sac Reconciliati Month of Reconciliati PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3MonthofDate3 Sac Reconciliati Notes Sac Sac Reconciliati Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Notes Sac Reconciliati Performed By Sac Sac Reconciliati Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3PerformedBy Sac Reconciliati Performed Sac Sac Reconciliati Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Perf Sac Reconciliati Place Sac Sac Reconciliati Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3PlaceBlock Sac Reconciliati Sponsor List Sac Sac Reconciliati Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3SponsorList Sac Reconciliati Status Sac Sac Reconcilia
188. emarks UI 2 0 27702 10270 27 9770 2 0 2 0 U IU 5 0 U U S U U 2 U uO eh o General Remarks bl GenRemarks Ctchst Grade UO 2 je o Grade bl Grade Ctchst ID Number uO Oc o D Number bl REIDNumber Ctchst Inactive UO Od o nactive bl nactive Ctchst Informal Sal UO we o nformal Sal bl nformalSal Ctchst Is Catechist uO U rt o s Catechist bl Teacher Ctchst Is Parent C s Parent P bl Parent Ctchst Is Student C s Student P bl Student Ctchst Language C t Language P D bl Language Ctchst Last Name c Last Name P bl LastName Ctchst Letter Language C Letter Language P bl LetterLanguage Ctchst Location C Location P bl Location Ctchst Maiden Name o olg olg olo olg alg Ajd l olv U U U U Q Maiden Name bl MaidenName Ctchst Mailing Name U Q Mailing Name bl CurrentMailingName Ctchst Marital Status UO Marital Status bl MaritalStatus Ctchst Month Num of Birth U Q lt O lt s als als ajz OVS als alzalz als alz O lt O lt O lt a lz O lt ajz ajz O ss O lt O s alz AIS alz als AIS AMS AMS AIS QSOS QS AIS A gsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulisulsuisulsulsulsuisulsuisulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsulsu ls ao s Month Num of Birth bl MonthNumofBi
189. end To add three local variables MyName which is a string ItemCount which we want to be an integer and ItemMax which is also an integer we would add a declaration before the BEGIN The variable declaration begins with VAR and then lists the variable names and variable types The variable names and variable types are separated by a colon and the individual variables are separated with a semicolon If there is more than one variable of the same type you can enter the variable names separated by commas then the colon and then the type So our example would be var MyName string ItemCount ItemMax integer begin end Advanced Report Writer Assignment Statements IF THEN statements Advanced Report Writer This is use to set a value into a variable or an attribute It can be a simple value or a complicated calculation The form of this statement is a variable followed by a colon and equal sign and then the value or calculation Some examples would be a 5 Total Total 100 00 Labell Caption The Family is inactive Notice that each statement is ended with a semicolon There is a section later on that is devoted to calculations The IF statement is one of the basic building blocks of any code It allows you to test if some condition exists and to run a set of instruction if it does The basic form of this statement is the word If followed by some type of comparison or calculation that can be evalua
190. equency Class Class Class Frequency PDSDMData REClassTbl FregStr Class Date Changed Class Class Date Changed PDSDMData REClassTbl DateChanged Class Date of First Class Class Class Date of First Class PDSDMData REClassTbl StartDate S D S D S D S D S D S D S D S D S D S D S M S M S M S M Class Date of Last Class Class Class Date of Last Class PDSDMData REClassTbl EndDate Class Dates Altered Class Class Dates Altered PDSDMData REClassTbl DatesAltered Class Grade Class Class Grade PDSDM REClassTbl Grade Class Inactive Class ass Inactive PDSDM REClassTbl Inactive Class Minimum Attendance Class Class Minimum Attendance PDSDMData REClassTbl MinAttend Class Name Class Class Name PDSDMData REClassTbl Name Class Room Class Class Room PDSDMData REClassTbl Room Class Time Class Class Time PDSDMData REClassTbl Time Class Unigue ID Class Class Unigue ID PDSDMData REClassTbl REClassRecNum Class Ctchst Name ClassCtchst Class Ctchst Name PDSDMData REClassTeaTbl TeacherName Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 25 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Class Ctchst Position ClassCtchst Class Ctchst Position
191. er of Fam Fam Name The Copy s i j command takes string s and copies j letters starting at position i 2 Ifthe family s unique ID number is not equal to the current record then a Ifthe caption of Label the first letter of the current family s last name is not already equal to the variable FirstChar 1 Then turn on the visibility of Labell because it has found a new letter ii Else turn off the visibility of Labell because this family has the same initial letter as the family before it 3 Regardless of the results of the IF statement set CurRec equal to the current family s ID number 4 Set FirstChar equal to the current value of Labell In other words look at the last initial of the current family If it is the same as the previous family turn off the printing of the label If it is different turn it on print it Set this family s ID and initial as the new test values to test against the next family Click on Save to save the code Click on File Save to save the report Click on File Close to close the report Run the Run the report as normal Sortation Report On the Selection screen Sort Order Name y RM T Include Family Marked as Loose Collections The report should look like this BS Report Preview Family Directory Tutorial BEEJ L B Lee Adam Dolores Col Mrs 5402 W Vernon Phoenix AZ 85035 602 728 2709 Home Lee Adam Col 45 BS Lee Dolores Dee
192. eriod FundActTbl RecurPeriod Calc Fund Act Rep Func Act Cal lc Fund Fund Act Rep Func ActTbl RepFunc Calc Fund Act Unique Fam ID c Cal lc Fund Fund Act Unique Fam ID ActTbl FamRecNum Calc Fund Hist Act Func ist Cal lc Fund Hist Act Func FundHistTbl ActFunc Calc Fund Hist Activity Name ist Cal LC Fund Hist Activity Name FundHistTbl ActivityName Calc Fund Hist Amount ist Ca lc FundHist Fund Hist Amount Tbl FEAmt Calc Fund Hist Batch ist Ca lc Fund Hist Batch FundHistTbl FEBatch Calc Fund Hist Check Number ist ca lc Fund His FundHistTbl FEChk rj ct Check Number Calc Fund Hist Comments ist lc Fund Hist Comments CalcFundHistTbl Comments Calc Fund Hist Date ist lc Fund Hist Date CalcFundHistTbl FEDate Calc Fund Hist Date To Apply ist Ca lc Fund His FundHist ct Date To Apply bl DateToApply Calc Fund Hist Fund Number is w ct lc Fund His rj ct Fund Number BaAIGAIVAIVOAIVASVAIVAJVAIVG 0 9 0 l9n o 0a 9a 90 9 0190 99 0 9 al GT 0 9 na o0o 90 90 9 09 0 9 n a a yoo o 2a a o a ie FundHistTbl FundNumber
193. es Src Address Phone List SrcAddress Src Address Phone List DM VContactTbl PhoneList Src Address Position SrcAddress Src Address Position DM VContactTbl Position Src Address Salutation SrcAddress Src Address Salutation DM VContactTbl Salutation Src Address State Only SrcAddress Src Address State Only DM VContactTbl StateOnly Src Address Zip SrcAddress Src Address Zip DM VContactTbl Zip Src Phone Number SrcPhone Src Phone Number DM VCPhoneTbl NNumber Src Phone Type SrcPhone Src Phone Type DM VCPhoneTbl PhoneType Src Phone Unlisted SrcPhone Src Phone Unlisted DM VCPhoneTbl Unlisted Src Phone X Number SrcPhone Src Phone X Number DM VCPhoneTbl XNumber Src Totals Balance SrcTotals Src Totals Balance DM VTotalsTbl Balance Src Totals Calendar YTD SrcTotals Src Totals Calendar YTD DM VTotalsTbl CalYTD Src Totals Fiscal YTD SrcTotals Src Totals Fiscal YTD DM VTotalsTbl FiscalYTD Src Totals Last Amount SrcTotals Src Totals Last Amount DM VTotalsTbl LastAmount Src Totals Last Date SrcTotals Src Totals Last Date DM VTotalsTbl LastDate Src Totals Last Reference SrcTotals Src Totals Last Reference DM VTotalsTbl LastReference Src Totals Next Amount SrcTotals Src Totals Next Amount DM VTotalsTbl NextAmount Src Totals Next Date SrcTotals
194. escription Newltem LetDescRec Description Newltem User7DescRec Description Newltem User9DescRec Description LetRecNum Newltem MemRecNum Date Name EMailRec LetDescRec ana emRecNum Note Order ProgType l EMailTypeRec EMailAddress EMailTypeRec EMailOverMail ProgNum Description Newltem NAME Last First Nickname Maiden Name Title Suffix Not Include if they have a suffix but no title 1 1 LanguageRec Description Newltem MaritalStatusRec Description Newltem GradeDescRec Description Newltem OrderNum EthnicDescRec Description Newltem User10DescRec Description Newltem DescRec Description Newltem Gender Male Female UserllDescRec Description Order Newltem Rec Member Type Codes O Head 1 Spouse 2 Adult 3 Young Adult 4 Child RelDescRec Description Newltem DefaultType MemBGRecNum MemRecNum BGDescRec OrderNum BGDate BGResult BGNote PhoneTypeRec Description Newltem PhoneRec PhoneTypeRec Number Unlisted MemKWRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum DescRec ProgNum 1 2 Member Talents and Ministries MemRecNum FamRecNum Name RelDescRec MemberType EnvelopeKey User1DescRec User2DescRec User3DescRec User4DescRec User5DescRec User6DescRec MemKWRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum TalDescRec StatusDescRec StartDate EndDate TalDescRec Description Newl tem StatusDescRec Description Newltem Active
195. ess City State Zip tri mpAddress Emp Address City State Zip MEmployee tblAddress CityZip J Emp Address City Only es mpAddress Emp Address City Only MEmployee tblAddress CityOnly J Emp Address State Only es mpAddress Emp Address State Only MEmployee tblAddress StateOnly J Emp Address Type tri mpAddress Emp Address Type MEmployee tblAddress AddressType J Emp Address Zip tri mpAddress Emp Address Zip MEmployee tblAddress Zip J Emp Benefit Amount tri mpBenefit Emp Benefit Amount MEmployee tblBenefits Amount J Emp Benefit Comments tri mpBenefit Emp Benefit Comments MEmployee tblBenefits Comments J Emp Benefit Name tri mpBenefit Emp Benefit Name MEmployee tblBenefits lkBenefit J Emp Benefit Total Amount tri mpBenefit Emp Benefit Total Amount MEmployee tblBenefits AmountTotal J Emp Benefit Year tri mpBenefit Emp Benefit Year MEmployee tblBenefits Year J Emp Chk Amount m mpChk Emp Chk Amount MEmployee tblPrintChecks Amount J Emp Chk calc Regular Hours tri mpChk Emp Chk calc Regular Hours MEmployee tblPrintChecks calcRegularHours J Emp Chk calc Void Amount m mpChk Emp Chk calc Void Amount MEmployee tblPrintChecks calcVoidAmount J Emp Chk Check Date m mpChk Emp Chk Check Date MEmpl
196. etAddress1 StreetAddress2 StreetCityRec StreetZip StreetChanged StreetLot StreetCarrierRoute StreetLng StreetLat StreetCertified StreetCertDate StreetDP DateRegistered DateLeftParish StatDescRec DateChanged DateCreated FormalSal InformalSal PDSInactiveMembers1 MemRecNum FamRecNum Name RelDescRec MemberType EnvelopeKey UserlDescRec User2DescRec User3DescRec User4DescRec User5DescRec User6DescRec User7DescRec User8DescRec User9DescRec User10DescRec UserllDescRec Location MailingName FormalSal InformalSal DifLastName GradeDescRec Gender PhoneTypeRec Description Newltem StatDescRec Description Newltem NAME Last First_ Spouse Title Suffix Note Include if Suffix but no Title Spouse Last First Title NOTE SecondlD must be 12 characters with leading spaces 1 1 Member Table Links UserlDescRec Description Newltem User3DescRec Description Newltem MemReqRecNum MemRecNum RegDescRec MemRecNum OrderNum User2DescRec FamRecNum ReqDate Description Name RegResult Newltem RelDescRec RegNote MemberType EnvelopeKey User1DescRec User2DescRec User3DescRec User4DescRec User5DescRec User6DescRec User7DescRec User8DescRec User5DescRec User9DescRec Description User6DescRec User10DescRec Newltem Description User11DescRec Newltem Location Description Newltem MailingName User8DescRec D
197. evel2 Detail Level 2 Expired Ct Detail Level 2 Remaining vn o B Bi ct 3 x Ct eaTbl RRemainingLevel2 Detail Level 2 Remaining Ct Detail Level 3 Calc Cert UO o H fm ct 3 vu tT eaTbl CalcCertLevel3 Detail Level 3 Calc Cert Ct Detail Level 3 Certified UU Bi ct 3 i lt ct eaTbl RCertLevel3 Detail Level 3 Certified Ct Detail Level 3 Date Certified UO o wn Bi ct 3 Ct Detail Level 3 Expired UO s cls ct Bi ct eaTbl RExpiredLevel3 Detail Level 3 Expired Ct Detail Level 3 Remaining uO w H Bi ct 3 E CE eaTbl RRemainingLevel3 Detail Level 3 Remaining Ct Detail Level 4 Calc Cert UO o H Bi ct 3 ym tT Detail Level 4 Calc Cert eaTbl CalcCertLevel4 Ct Detail Level 4 Certified c o H U Q t anal o ala AWM AID AID AID AID AID ol AIDA o amp AIM ol AIP AIM AIM ALM AID ALP A AIM AID oj AIDA AID AID AID AIW AID A AIBA Bj ct Ss TeaTbl RCertLevel4 Detail Level 4 Certified Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 29 Detail College Year Completed eaTbl CollegeYearComp Detail Grad School Degree eaTbl GradDegree Detail Grad School Year Completed Detail Level 2 Date Certified eaTbl RCertDateLevel2 Detail Level 3 Date Certified eaTbl RCertDate
198. ey sil StrToDate 01 28 03 999 54 Offering MIT 234 0 then showmessage Success else showmessage Failed end AdvRep has a number of other useful routines you may want to look at Advanced Report Writer Exporting and Importing Data e 9 9 Notes 9 10 e Exporting and Importing Data Advanced Report Writer 10 Appendix UDR Options Advanced Report Writer Overview This chapter contains listings and tables related to Advanced Report Writer reports Default For fund reports you can use V FundLimit xxx this is the number of funds the report can print In the Ledger and Ledger Payroll you can also use CRasNeg 1 make credits as negative debits TrnType INNNNNNNNNNN which transaction types are included as a default from the transaction selection tab ForceTrnType 1 N CoaType YYYNNNNYNYYY which coa types are included as a default from the COA selection tab ForceCoaType YY Y N IsBalanceSheet 1 is the report a special type IsIncomeStmt 1 IsGeneralLedger 1 IsCashFlow 1 JustBeginningBalances 1 use only the Beginning Balance values In Church Formation and School FamType YNNYYN Y Active N Inactive N Loose Y Fund Y Student N Teacher MemType YN Y Active N Inactive CanUseEMail 1 CanSkipEMail 1 CanLog 1 CanUseCC 1 CanUseBulk 1 DisableScaling 1 Don t reposition items to take up available paper size UseBap 1 ForceMa
199. ferent languages It does mean you can enter different versions of the letter in the same report and the correct letter will print for each family In other words when you send letters to many families you can have the program print a letter in English Spanish or any other language by running just one report There are a few requirements that must be kept in mind if you wish to use this feature The language you intend to use in the letter must be entered on the Member Detail Screen in the Language field for at least the head of each family f you use the concept of main language secondary language e g English Spanish Spanish English make sure the language you wish to use in letters is first The name of the language must be spelled exactly the same in each combination The salutation used with the family name letter should be in the same language as that of the head member In other words it should match the language of the letter If you will send letters to members using the multi language feature you need to make sure each one has the proper language entered on the Member Detail Screen in the Language field 5 4 e Expanding Letters and Statements Advanced Report Writer Inside Address Style Advanced Report Writer The Family Salutation field has provision for the use of titles If you use multiple languages make sure you have adjusted those titles that might require change i e Mr or Mrs for Senor or Seno
200. g Pkg Date Changed M Pkg DateChanged Pkg Date Created kg Pkg Date Created M Pkg DateCreated Pkg Inactive kg Pkg Inactive M Pkg Inactive Pkg Name Uu wj wY wY VG wiu olu oly oly oly oly oju oly O 9 oly o 9 o 9 o 9 oju o 9 olu oly oly oju oju oju oly oO 9 oju oju oju oju o u kg Pkg Name M Pkg Name Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 77 Facility Scheduler Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Pkg Remarks Pkg Pkg Remarks DM Pkg Remarks Pkg Total Balance Pkg Pkg Total Balance DM Pkg TotalBalance Pkg Total Credit Pkg Pkg Total Credit DM Pkg TotalCredit Pkg Total Due Pkg Pkg Total Due DM Pkg TotalDue Pkg Total Paid Pkg Pkg Total Paid DM Pkg TotalPaid Pkg Contact Address PkgContact Pkg Contact Address DM PkgContact Address Pkg Contact City State PkgContact Pkg Contact City State DM PkgContact City Pkg Contact City State Zip PkgContact Pkg Contact City State Zip DM PkgContact CityStateZip Pkg Contact E Mail PkgContact Pkg Contact E Mail DM PkgContact EMail Pkg Contact Mailing Name PkgContact Pkg Contact Mailing Name DM PkgContact MailingName Pkg Contact Name PkgCo
201. g on View Toolbars and select or unselect the toolbar An object is a piece of information that you want to appear in the report They are divided into two categories generic and data sensitive The following are generic objects They are not connected to particular data fields Label an individual piece of text like a heading or title Memo large blocks of text System Variables such as date time and page numbers Variables used to calculate numeric and string values Image used to place images into the certificate such as pictures letterheads or signatures Shapes used to create shapes boxes circles etc in the report I e je e e m Lines used to create horizontal lines of various thicknesses and styles These objects are data sensitive They are similar to the generic objects except they will show actual program data DBText an individual data field such as Fam Name DBMemo large data fields such as phone listings DBCalc specific calculations such as Count or Sum DBlmage an image from the data such as the Family or Member picture ed ud pel Advanced Report Writer Adding an Object Labels and Memos Advanced Report Writer Each object is added the same way Click on the appropriate button Click in the workspace where you want the object to appear Objects are deleted by selecting them and pressing the Del key on your keyboard A field Type the text of the l
202. groundChk Background Chk Note PDSDMData MemBGTbl BGNote Background Chk Result Name BackgroundChk Background Chk Result Name PDSDMData MemBGTbl ResultName Calc Fund Fund Name CalcFund Calc Fund Fund Name PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl FundName Calc Fund Fund Number CalcFund Calc Fund Fund Number PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl FundNumber Calc Fund Goal CalcFund Calc Fund Goal PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl Goal Calc Fund Has Month Totals CalcFund Calc Fund Has Month Totals PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl HasMonthTotals Calc Fund Order CalcFund Calc Fund Order PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl Order Calc Fund Total Pledged CalcFund Calc Fund Total Pledged PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl TotalPledged Calc Fund Unigue Fund ID CalcFund Calc Fund Unigue Fund ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl FundRecNum Calc Fund Act Activity CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Activity PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Activity Calc Fund Act Amount CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Amount PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Amount Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 1 31 to 60 Days CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 1 PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl DelAmtl Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 2 61 to 90 Days CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 2 PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl DelAmt2 Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 3 91 or More CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 3 Days PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl DelAmt3 Calc Fund Act Freguency CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Freguency PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Freguency Calc Fund
203. h Mrs Schmid Jeffrey Lenore M M Ramirez Tomas Louise M M Garinger Ronald Lucero Garinger Jenny Ms Mr Alvarez Alfred Linda Lt Mrs Babbett Joseph Agnes Mr amp Mrs Lindberg Joseph Alice Mr amp Mrs Freeman Michael Mary Mr amp Mrs Click on the Printer icon to print the report Click on the three sizing buttons to see the report Full Page Full Width or Zoom In Use the arrow buttons to see different pages of the report Click on Cancel to stop the preview while it s being created Exercise Create a new advanced report using the PDS Header Footer template and the following fields and options Family ID in bold black text Family Name in bold blue text next to the ID Family Address Block beneath the Family Name in regular text hint use DBMemo Family Phone List next to Family Address Block in regular text hint use DBMemo Family E Mail beneath Family Address Block and ShiftWithParent In the Summary band add a Count of families Advanced Report Writer Report Basics e 2 15 Here s how to do it 1 This will be a Family report From the Main Menu click on Reports Family Add Advanced Report Click on Next and Next again to get to the Layout screen Click on Modify the Report 2 Add the template Click on Templates PDS Header Footer Fie Edi View Report Global Variables Templates Help Design Preview ENET EAEE cl ua a ES ID T
204. h a Gid Font A label and the field Company Action Club Choose Vertical or Tabular style Choose Label or Field to create one or the other Use the Font and A buttons to change the font style and color Campeny Action Club Fig 2 18 The Data Tree can be docked in the same way as the Report Tree Report Basics e 2 11 Templates The Advanced Report Writer has report format templates that you can use to quickly setup a report with predefined headers and footers To access the Templates on the Title Bar click on Templates PDSE asy List The PDS Easy List template sets up your ARW report with the same header and footer Template information that the predefined Listing reports have Click on Templates PDS Easy List The program opens up the same field selection dialog used by View Listings and Easy Lists reports List of Fields to Print Fam Address 1 Fam ID Env Number Fam Address 2 Fam Name Fam Geog Area Fam Address Changed Fam Address Block Fam Address Remarks Fam Alt Prefers E Mail Fam Alt Address Day to End Fam Alt Address Day to Start Fam Alt Address Month to End Fam Alt Address Month to Start Fam Alternate Address Block Fam Alternate Address Line 1 Fam Alternate Address Line 2 Fam Alternate Address is Certified Fam Alternate Carrier Route Fam Alternate City Fam Fam Alternate DP Address Block Fam Alternate E Mail Fam Alternate Period Fam Alternate Zip Fam Blank1 F
205. he Field Listings are relational tables showing how the different data tables Tables relate to each other Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 5 Church Office Field Names Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Attendance Attn For Attendance Attendance Attn For PDSDMData MemAttnTbl AttnFor Attendance Date Attendance Attendance Date PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Date Attendance Hours Attendance Attendance Hours PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Hours Attendance Reason Attendance Attendance Reason PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Reason Attendance Type Attendance Attendance Type PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Type Attn Attn For Attn Attn Attn For PDSDMData MemAttnTbl AttnFor Attn Date Attn Attn Date PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Date Attn Hours Attn Attn Hours PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Hours Attn Reason Attn Attn Reason PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Reason Attn Type Attn Attn Type PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Type Background Chk Date BackgroundChk Background Chk Date PDSDMData MemBGTbl BGDate Background Chk Description BackgroundChk Background Chk Description PDSDMData MemBGTbl Description Background Chk Note Back
206. he middle of the word when wrapping See also WordWrap DisplayFormat For DBText fields set the format of the field i e Date format number format etc ForceJustify For Memo fields justify the text to the left or right KeepTogether Do not split words when wrapping text inside of a memo box Lines In a Memo field the text of the Memo LookAhead For Variables DBCalc fields and System Variables when you need to display the result of a calculation or variable before the objects that are used in it For example displaying the DBCalc field Count in the Header instead of the Footer or Summary To use this ability you must also set the report for two passes through the data This is set under Report Pass Setting Two Pass ParentHeight For Lines make the object the same height as the workspace ParentWidth Make this object the same width as the workspace Position Where is the object positioned in the workspace including width and height ReprintOnOverFlow When set to Yes if any Stretched object would go to a 2 page this object will be also be reprinted on that 2 page ReprintOnSubsequent Reprint this object the first time it occurs on subsequent pages ResetGroup Each time the value of the group s breaking field changes the calculated value of this object is reset to zero and the calculation begins again ShiftRelativeTo Keep the position of this object static with respect to another object
207. he page not including the bottom margin is less than the value chosen For example if less than 1 inch remains begin a new page Keep Group Together Check this box to keep everything in the group together on the page Reprint Group Headers on Subsequent pages Check this box to print the Group Header information at the beginning of each page The Group Header prints at the top of each group just as the Header prints at the top of each page The Group Footer prints at the end of each group just as the Footer prints at the end of each page For example if the Group Header had a series of labels to identify columns those labels would print above every family In this example the Group Break On value is set as Fam Unique ID Each unique family is treated as a group and has the header printed above it 3 6 e Sub reports Groups and Regions MELIN FS a Group Header D Fam Unique ID Lo fl Man Loon Jeff Jeane M M L Owner Name p mdhv June 3 2003 935am Report Title Header Lo ame Phones r ddress Mail O Box 322 L eoria AZ 85338 02 278 9932 Home 02 344 2334 Cell 02 398 4324 Unl Alternate vanloon yahoo com Detail Group Footer 0 Fam Unique ID Lo Nate Footer Fig 3 6 Design Preview amp mum po u f gt I Genes Owner Name Report Title ID Name Address E Mail 1 Van Loon Jeff Jeane M M P O Box
208. hen s January else if I 2 then s February else if I 3 then s March else if I 4 then s April else if I 5 then s May lse s Other Would become this CASE statement case I of 1 s January 2 s February 3 s March 4 sis ApriL 5 s May lse s Other end WHILE loops Often you need to do something over and over while some condition exists This is the purpose of the WHILE loop A WHILE loop continually runs a group of statements as long as the given condition is still true A statement is referred to as a loop if it executes itself over and over again For example I 10 length s while I gt 1 do Begin s 0 3s I I 1 End This piece of code takes a variable string named s and pads it with leading zeroes making the value of s at least 10 characters long REPEAT The REPEAT UNTIL loop is very similar to the WHILE loop except it tests the UNTIL loops condition after running the statement and repeats the statements until the condition becomes true For example Repeat S305 lil until i 0 Advanced Report Writer Embedded Code 4 9 FOR loops Many times we need to run a group of statements a specific number of times We could usea WHILE loop to do this but there is a statement specifically designed for this function It s called a FOR loop For example Sic s for i 1 to 9 do begin S stchr 48 1
209. his program has a multi language feature that makes the process of sending letters and statements to members who do not understand what is written in English Sincerely Eobert rid Mr Robert Jones Fig 5 6 Note There is a free service available on the Internet that will translate English to Spanish French Italian and a few other languages There is some cost if you want to go beyond the free aspect of the service However it can be used to translate a letter into Spanish that might be satisfactory You can call up this service by entering www freetranslation com It is very easy to use Type your letter in English and copy it to the clipboard Then call up this website and paste the letter into the space provided Then click on the reguest for a free translation When the translation is finished copy it to the clipboard and then paste it into your report Expanding Letters and Statements e 5 7 Embedded Lists An embedded list is an Advanced Report Writer report inserted into a Letter The Church Office Management report Billing Statement has several examples Click on Reports Financial Reports Financial Statements Billing Statement Next Next Modify Text of the Letter E Editing Billing Statement File C PDSCHURCH10M_STD Data Reports PDS PDS2021 rtf Eile Edit View Insert Format Table s sjs e sel se se insert Field Arial rl io zimisiEsi z w ele ela _ S
210. hst Name Format 9 Jack Smith Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 9 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat9 Ctchst Name Ctchst Ctchst Name PDSDMData MemTbl Name Ctchst Nickname Ctchst Ctchst Nickname PDSDMData MemTbl Nickname Ctchst Occupation Ctchst Ctchst Occupation PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW3 Ctchst Oldest Child Ctchst Ctchst Oldest Child PDSDMData MemTbl OldestChild Ctchst Phone List Ctchst Ctchst Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl PhoneList Ctchst Picture Ctchst Ctchst Picture PDSDMData MemTbl PictureFile Ctchst Raw Title Ctchst Ctchst Raw Title PDSDMData MemTbl RawTitle Ctchst Relationship Ctchst Ctchst Relationship PDSDMData MemTbl Relationship Ctchst Religion Ctchst Ctchst Religion PDSDMData MemTbl UserKWl Ctchst School Ctchst Ctchst School PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW4 Ctchst Suffix Ctcnst Ctchst Suffix PDSDMData MemTbl Suffix Ctchst Title Ctchst Ctchst Title PDSDMData MemTbl Title Ctchst Type Number Ctchst Ctchst Type Number PDSDMData MemTbl MemberType Ctchst Type Ctchst Ctchst Type PDSDMData MemTbl Type Ctchst Unigue ID Ctchst Ctchst Unigue ID PDSDMData MemTbl MemRecNum Ctchst Volunteer List Ctchst Ctchst Volunteer List PDSDMData MemTbl VolunteerList Ctchst X Phone List Ctchst Ctchst X Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl XPhoneList Ctchst Year of Birth Ctchst Ctchst Year of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl YearOfBirth Ctchst Youngest Child Ctchst Ctchst Youngest
211. ick on Preview to see our progress Design Preview 8 EH m ma 100 x 4 1 gt bi Barcel Van Loon Jeff Jeane M M P O Box 322 Peoria AZ 85338 602 278 9932 Home 602 344 2334 Cell 602 398 4324 Unl Alternate Addr Van Loon Jeff 34 MA Van Loon Jeane 38 AA Harcourt Elizabeth Mrs 8745 N Forest Grove Ln Aspen CO 81611 602 846 1937 Uni Home 303 925 2222 Alternate Addr Harcourt Elizabeth Flanagan Mre 73 MA Fig 3 16 Advanced Report Writer Sub reports Groups and Regions e 3 13 Adding the Group When printing this directory we don t want to split a family across a page In other words if a family with their address phones and members is too long to fit at the bottom of the page print them on the next page instead This 1s a group Click on Design to return to the workspace area then click on the Main Fam tab at the bottom of the screen to return to the main report To add a group l 2 a Group Header and Group Footer band on either side indicating that it is now controlled by a group and showing the Lo field we chose as the group break point Fam Unique ID Click on Report Groups In the Groups field choose Fam Fam Unique ID Click on Add This creates the group as Group 0 Fam Fam Unique ID We chose this field to make sure each family is identified in a unique way If we were to choose Fam Name and there were two families with the sa
212. ield Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Mem Date Changed Mem Mem Date Changed PDSDMData MemTbl DateChanged Mem Date Changed Mem Mem Date Changed PDSDMData MemTbl REDateChanged Mem Date Created Mem Mem Date Created PDSDMData MemTbl DateCreated Mem Date of Birth Mem Mem Date of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl DateOfBirth Mem Day of Birth Mem Mem Day of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl DayOfBirth Mem Deceased Mem Mem Deceased PDSDMData MemTbl Deceased Mem Different Last Name Mem Mem Different Last Name PDSDMData MemTbl DifLastName Mem Ethnicity Mem Mem Ethnicity PDSDMData MemTbl Ethnicity Mem Family Name Mem Mem Family Name PDSDMData MemTbl FamilyName Mem Fam Unigue ID Mem Mem Fam Unigue ID PDSDMData MemTbl FamRecNum Mem First Name Mem Mem First Name PDSDMData MemTbl FirstName Mem Formal Sal Mem Mem Formal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl FormalSal Mem Formal Sal Mem Mem Formal Sal PDSDMData MemTbl CurrentFormalSal Mem Formation Member Mem Mem Formation Member PDSDMData MemTbl REMemberl Mem Full Maiden Name Mem Mem Full Maiden Name PDSDMData MemTbl FullMaidenName Mem Gender Mem Mem Gender PDSDMData MemTbl Gender Mem General Remarks Mem Mem General Rem
213. ifts totals List Grp List Fund groups with Due Paid Balance for stmt List Grp List 2 gt Fund groups with Due Total Tax deduct balance List Grp List 3 gt Fund groups showing Amt Paid only List Hist List gt Activity history for the fund selected List Hour List gt Hours due completed balance similar to GrpList List IRS Note Special tax note at the end of tax statements List Mem Amt Members of family and amount each has paid List Receipt History With Desc gt Activity history with date and description lt List Running Total gt Activity history with cumulative due paid totals lt List Simple Totals gt Total Pledged Paid Balance for all funds selected Built in Routines sl s2 string concatenation Capitalize s string Copy s 11 12 string Delete s i1 i2 Fixed s string FixedName s string FixedAddress s string FixedCity s string Insert s1 s2 1 Length s integer LowerCase s string Pos sl s2 integer Trim s string TrimLeft s string TrimRight s string UpperCase s string il i2 add il i2 subtract 11 i2 multiply 11 2 divide il div i2 integer division il mod i2 remainder 4l unary minus Advanced Report Writer ArcTan x extended Math Routines Cos x extended Cosh x extended Cotan x extended Exp x extended Frac x extended Int x extended IntPower x i extended Ln x ex
214. ilTbl 1 Force the mail table io be built OrderMailTbl 1 UseBap Use the place of baptism as the address city state and zip The following are fund related IncludeFundIncludeHist 1 UseSepRecapDate 1 RelaxDates 1 FuncType 1 What functions are available on the fund selection screen 0 4 items Don t include use in month group totals only itemize 1 2 items Don t include include group 2 3 items Don t Include include group Itemize Other 2 items Don t include include group and in months Appendix e 10 1 Formation Embedded Lists String Operations Simple Math Operations 10 2 e Appendix In Church Office CanUseSepStmt 1 Members with separate stmt checked can be treated differently CanUseSepMem 1 These are the predefined imbedded lists for Formation Office Management lt List All Pledges gt Total of all families for all pledges for selected funds lt List Comm gt Communion data for each member lt List Confirm gt Confirmation data for each member lt List Coupon Bottom gt Prints a return coupon at the bottom of the letter lt List Coupon Top gt Prints a return coupon at the top of the letter lt List Deling gt Family s delinquency information List Fam Sched gt Class schedule for all students in family List Fund Month Fund name and total paid each month List Gifts Additional g
215. ior Totals Budget Y3 M10 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M10 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M10 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M11 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M11 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M11 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M12 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M12 DM CoaPYTbI BudgetY3M12 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M2 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M27 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M2 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M3 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M3 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M3 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M4 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M4 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M4 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M5 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M5 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M5 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M6 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M6 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M6 10 62 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Prior Totals Budget Y3 M7 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M7 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M7 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M8 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M8 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M8 Prior Totals Budget Y3 M9 PriorTotals Prior Totals Budget Y3 M9 DM CoaPYTbl BudgetY3M9 Rcv Amount Rcv Rcv Amount DM RcvTbl Amount Rcv Amount Not Voided Rcv Rcv Amount Not Voided DM RcvTbl AmountNotVoided Rcv Batch Number Rcv Rev Batch Number
216. irm Month of Confirm Sac Sac Confirm Month of Confirm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2MonthofDate2 Sac Confirm Notes Sac Sac Confirm Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Notes Sac Confirm Performed By Sac Sac Confirm Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2PerformedBy Sac Confirm Performed Sac Sac Confirm Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Perf Sac Confirm Place Sac Sac Confirm Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2PlaceBlock Sac Confirm Sponsor List Sac Sac Confirm Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2SponsorList Sac Confirm Status Sac Sac Confirm Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Status Sac Confirm Year of Confirm Sac Sac Confirm Year of Confirm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2YearofDate2 Sac Marriage Addl Status Sac Sac Marriage Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Addl Sac Marriage Date Sac Sac Marriage Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Date Sac Marriage Day of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Day of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3DayofDate3 Sac Marriage Extra Info Sac Sac Marriage Extra Info PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Extra Sac Marriage Month Num of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Month Num of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3MonthNumofDate3 Sac Marriage Month of Marriage Sac Sac Marriage Month of Marriage PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3MonthofDate3 Sac Marriage Notes Sac Sac Marriage Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Notes Sac Marriage Performed By S
217. ity Abbreviation Group Group Facility Abbreviation DM Group FacilityAbbr Group Facility Name Group Group Facility Name DM Group FacilityName Org Abbr Org Org Abbr DM Org Abbr Org Date Changed Org Org Date Changed DM Org DateChanged 10 76 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Facility Scheduler Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Org Date Created Org Org Date Created M Org DateCreated Org Inactive rg Org Inactive M Org Inactive Org Name rg Org Name M Org Name Org Priority rg Org Priority M Org Priority Org Remarks rg Org Remarks M Org Remarks Org Total Balance rg Org Total Balance M Org TotalBalance Org Total Credit rg Org Total Credit M Org TotalCredit Org Total Due rg Org Total Due M Org TotalDue Org Total Paid rg Org Total Paid M Org TotalPaid Org Chg Pmt Amount rgChgPmt Org Chg Pmt Amount M OrgChgPmt Amount Org Chg Pmt Check Number rgChgPmt Org Chg Pmt Check Number M OrgChgPmt CheckNumber Org Chg Pmt Date rgChgPmt Org Chg Pmt Date M OrgChgPmt Date Org Chg Pmt Description rgChgPmt Org Chg Pmt Description M OrgChgPmt Description Org Contact Address rgContact M OrgContact Address Org Contact Address Org Contact City State rgContact
218. l Calc Grp List Total Credits CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Total Credits PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl TotalCredits Calc Grp List Total Due CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Total Due PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl TotalDue Calc Grp List Total Gifts CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Total Gifts PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl TotalGifts Calc Grp List Total Paid CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Total Paid PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl TotalPaid Calc Grp List Unigue Fam ID CalcGrpList Calc Grp List Unigue Fam ID PDSDMCalc CalcGrpListTbl FamRecNum Calc Rate Desc CalcRate Calc Rate Desc PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl Desc Calc Rate Last Total CalcRate Calc Rate Last Total PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl LastTotal Calc Rate Member CalcRate Calc Rate Member PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl Member Calc Rate Order CalcRate Calc Rate Order PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl Order Calc Rate Period CalcRate Calc Rate Period PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl Period Calc Rate Rate CalcRate Calc Rate Rate PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl Rate Calc Rate Terms CalcRate Calc Rate Terms PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl Terms Calc Rate Unigue Act ID CalcRate Calc Rate Unigue Act ID PDSDMCalc CalcRa l ActRecNum Calc Rate Unique Fam ID CalcRate Calc Ra Unique Fam ID PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl FamRecNum Calc Rate Unique Mem ID CalcRate Calc Rate Unique Mem ID PDSDMCalc CalcRateTbl MemRecNum Class Calculate Days Present Class Class Calculate Days Present PDSDMData REClassTbl CalcPres Class Class Fr
219. l Credits S CalcGrpListTbl TotalCredits Calc Grp List Total Due t Calc Grp List Total Due S CalcGrpListTbl TotalDue Calc Grp List Total Gifts t Calc Grp List Total Gifts S CalcGrpListTbl TotalGifts Calc Grp List Total Paid t Calc Grp List Total Paid S CalcGrpListTbl TotalPaid Calc Grp List Unique Fam ID Calc Grp List Unique Fam ID CalcGrpListTbl FamRecNum Calc Rate Desc Calc Rate Desc lc CalcRateTbl Desc Calc Rate Last Total Calc Rate Last Total lc CalcRateTbl LastTotal Calc Rate Member Calc Rate Member lc CalcRateTbl Member Calc Rate Order Calc Rate Order lc CalcRateTbl Order Calc Rate Period Calc Rate Period lc CalcRateTbl Period Calc Rate Rate Calc Rate Rate lc CalcRateTbl Rate Calc Rate Terms Calc Rate Terms lc CalcRateTbl Terms Calc Rate Unigue Act ID Calc Rate Unique Act ID lc CalcRateTbl ActRecNum Calc Rate Unigue Fam ID Calc Rate Unigue Fam ID lc CalcRateTbl FamRecNum Calc Rate Unigue Mem ID Calc Rate Unigue Mem ID lc CalcRateTbl MemRecNum E Mail Description Mail E Mail Description Data MemEMailTbl EMailDesc E Mail E Mail Address E Mail E Mail Address Data MemEMailTbl EMailAddress E Mail Prefers E Mail E Mail Prefers E Mail Data MemEMailTbl EMailOverMail Fam Address 1 dress 1 amTbl Addressl Fam Address 2 dress 2 amTbl Address2 Fam Address Remarks dress Remarks M FamTbl AddressRemarks Fam Address Block dres
220. l Sal gt family name End End tells the program to go on to the next family If you make changes to the style so that it will print the proper language salutation make sure that you use the Save As button and give the Style a new identifying name i e Family Formal Name ML Modify the The body of the letter can also be created to have multiple language paragraphs Text of the Letter Language Spanish The first instruction tells the program to print what follows if the language field is t it i Esta es una cara de muestra escrita the word Spanish en Espanol lt Language English gt If the language field is English print the This is a sample letter written in following English End lt End gt tells the program to continue to the next family This method can be as simple as the one above or it can be more complex For example this report could have many more languages as long as the same format 1s used Language Spanish Language English or Language Vietnamese with the proper text inserted after each Closing Style This style 1s used to modify the closing portion of the letter Use the same method as was used in the Inside Address Style Language Spanish The first instruction tells the program to print what follows if the language field is SINGELSIMENIE the word Spanish Sr Robert Jones Administrador de Oficinas lt Language English gt If the language field is English prin
221. l Variables olx Oates Line 3 Col 24 var FirstChar string CurRec integer Insert a Data Field Save Insert an Object Attribute Cancel Fig 4 9 FirstChar will represent the first character of each family name as it is encountered by the report CurRec will represent the current family record that the report is looking at Click on Save Advanced Report Writer Initialize Global Variables Inactive Families Advanced Report Writer After creating the global variables we need to initialize them or set them to their beginning values Click on Embedded Code Initialize Global Variables Between the BEGIN and END statements SetFirstChar equal toa null character This is represented as two single quotes with no space between them This is NOT a double quote FirstChar SetCurRec equal to zero CurRec 0 Note that we use colon equals in these assignment statements instead of regular equals As Define Global Variables Iof x x z el lag Line 4 Col 5 begin FirstChar CurRec 0 end Insert a Data Field Save Insert an Object Attribute Cancel Fig 4 10 Click on Save Next we want to add some embedded code to the Family Name field so that the word Inactive prints next to families who have been marked as inactive We need to print this at the same time that the family name prints so we will embed the code in the Get Text event Sel
222. l digits Currency a decimal financial amount between 922337203685477 5808 and 922337203685477 5807 Byte a single 8 bit byte 0 to 255 Single 1 5 x 105 to 3 4 x 10 equal to 4 bytes Double 5 0 x 10 to 1 7 x 10 equal to 8 bytes Boolean a true or false value Tdate Same as a Double representing the number of days since 12 30 1899 TdateTime Same as Tdate but with time represented as a fraction of a day Each kind of data has different things that can be done to it For example a piece of data that is an integer can have 2 subtracted from it This would make no sense for a string of letters Some of the built in operations are detailed in the Calculations section There are a three different places data is stored in reports data fields objects and variables Data fields are pieces of information that are usually stored on the disk Data fields have values assigned to them for example a family s name or a member s age Inside of the code a data field like member age looks like this Mem Mem Age This data field is from the Mem table and the field name is Mem Age To make it easier when entering code there is a button in the code editor titled Insert a Data Field See figure 4 1 This will bring up a list of all the available data fields broken down by table Objects are the things put into the report in the report designer For example when you add a label to a report by clicking on the label ico
223. l s E Mail M FamTbl UseEMail Fam X Phone List E Phone List M FamTbl XPhoneList Fam Zip ip M FamTbl Zip Fam Zip DP r ip DP M FamTbl ZipDP Fam Zip Prefix ip Prefix M FamTbl ZipPrefix Fam Zip Route i ip Route FamTbl ZipRoute Fam Keyword Description Fam Keyword Description D FamKWTbl Description Fam Letters Date Le Fam Letters Date DM FamLetTbl Date Fam Letters Description Le Fam Letters Description DM FamLetTbl Name Fam Letters Note Le Fam Letters Note DM FamLetTbl Note Fam Letters Type Le Fam Letters Type D FamLetTbl Type Fam Phone Number P Fam Phone Number D FamPhoneTbl Number Fam Phone Type P Fam Phone Type D FamPhoneTbl PhoneType Fam Phone Unlisted P Fam Phone Unlisted DM FamPhoneTbl Unlisted Fund Fund Keyword 1 N Fund Keyword 1 amFundTbl Keywordl Fund Fund Keyword 2 Fund Keyword 2 amFundTbl Keyword2 Fund Fund Number Fund Number amFundTbl FDFund Fund Fund Year Fund Year amFundTbl FDYear Fund Fund Identifier Fund Identifier M FamFundTbl FundIdentifier Fund Bill Address Line 1 Bi Fund Bill Address Line 1 MD FamFundBillTbl Addressl Fund Bill Address Line 2 Bi Fund Bill Address Line 2 MDa FamFundBillTbl Address2 Fund Bill Address Block Bil Fund Bill Address Block MDa FamFundBillTbl AddressBlock Fund Bill C O a Member Bil Fund Bill C O a Member MDa FamFundBillTbl COMember Fund Bill Carrier Route F Bil Fund Bill Carrier
224. lds and output the information in the fixed format padding them to the proper width where needed An example of a helper routine would be one that takes a string and outputs it with a fixed width of N bytes procedure ExportStr s string n integer var i integer begin s copy s 1 n while length s lt n do s st for i 1 to n do Write f s i end Another helper might output an integer and right justify it to fit in the field procedure ExportInt i integer n integer var S string begin s IntToStr i s copy s 1 n while length s lt n do S s for i 1 to n do Write f s i end Exporting and Importing Data e 9 3 For fixed width fields it usually is better to work with a File of Bytes instead of a TextFile TextFiles assume the data is broken down by lines and have a 32000 byte limit to the length ofa line A file of bytes doesn t have that limit Here is an example that uses the helper routine and a file of bytes In this example we have 2 fields the name and the number of members The name is 40 bytes wide and the number is 10 bytes wide and is right justified var f File of byte function PrintDefaultReport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE THE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end function BeforeBuildExport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE THE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end procedure
225. like to hide these We can hide them using the following code procedure AfterLoadReport begin MAKE THE REPORT DIALOG LOOK BETTER RepDlg Label33 Caption My Export RepDlg GroupBox15 Visible false hide button RepDlg Label35 Visible false hide label RepDlg ExpTypeCB Visible false hide pulldown end 9 2 Exporting and Importing Data Advanced Report Writer Other File Formats Advanced Report Writer Sometimes you need to output control characters into the export files You can do this by using either the chr function or a in front of the value For example if we needed to put in a Control G which is an ASCII 9 we could enter a chr 9 or we could use 9 which is a literal string of one character having that value Sometimes we need commas between fields In these cases we use a quote a comma and another quote i e If we need to have a quote character we can use two quotes together inside the quotes So to write the family name field with quotes around a name we would have write f PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormatl or you can use chr 39 which would be write f chr 39 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat1 chr 39 There are some times when we need a fixed width format That means we want the fields to be in fixed positions in the file To do this we have to create some helper routines These routines will take our fie
226. loyer Address Block J MEmployee tblEmployer AddressBlock Employer City State Zip tri mployer Employer City State Zip MEmployee tblEmployer CityZip J Employer City Only Employer Employer City Only DMEmployee tblEmployer CityOnly Employer City State Employer Employer City State DMEmployee tblEmployer CityState Employer E Mail Employer Employer E Mail DMEnmployee tblEmployer EMail Employer Federal ID Number tri mployer Employer Federal ID Number MEmployee tblEmployer FederalIDNumber J Employer Local ID Number es mployer Employer Local ID Number MEmployee tblEmployer LocalIDNumber J 10 54 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Employer Local Name Employer Employer Local MEmployee tblEmployer J Name LocalName Employer Name m mployer Employer Name MEmployee tblEmployer J Name Employer Remarks On MEmployee tblEmployer mployer Employer Remarks Remarks Employer SDIF Acc Number Om MEmployee tblEmployer mployer Employer SDIF Acc Number SDIFAccNumber Employer SDIF Limit tri mployer Employer SDIF Limit DMEmployee tblEmployer SDIFLimit Employer SDIF Rate Employer Employer
227. ls number of columns ColValue the values for each column in the following format label field width indent heading indent total or 1 For columns that are New Column Indent total is equal to 1 one For columns that are Same Column and Line Indent total is the total width of the column including widths from the main New Column and indent values from Same Column and Line For example column is a New Column width 10 Column 2 is a Same Column and Line width 3 The ColValues would be ColValuel field 10 heading 1 label ColValue2 field 3 heading 13 label The tilde represents a soft carriage return in the Heading Each report creates an INI file the first time it is run It saves and updates the printer report style and other settings each time the report is run To access the INI file highlight the report and click on Adv Script INI File Load File Advanced Script n x General Report Information UDR File INI File Pascal Script File LastInfo IMemGroup 3 Sus ie_98 Printer Default PageStyle 362 Notes LastRun UseEMail 0 Usecc 0 UseSepStmt 0 Load File Save File Fig 1 5 Computer Name One of the sections will be the computer name such as Susie_98 which saves the last printer settings used by this computer including which printer orientation landscape 0 means portrait paper size paper source margin style gray sc
228. m Fam Orig Informal Sal PDSDMData FamTbl InformalSal Fam Orig Name Fam Fam Orig Name PDSDMData FamTbl Name Fam Parish Fam Fam Parish PDSDMData FamTbl Church Fam Phone List Fam Fam Phone List PDSDMData FamTbl PhoneList Fam Picture Fam Fam Picture PDSDMData FamTbl PictureFile Fam Prefers E Mail Fam Fam Prefers E Mail PDSDMData FamTbl CurrentEMailOverMail Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 33 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fam Raw Title ma Ss itle FamTbl RawTitle Fam Send Mail to Alt Address Mail to Alt Address FamTbl SendMailToAlternate Fam Spouse First 1S pouse First FamTbl SpouseFirst Fam Spouse Last pouse Last FamTbl SpouseLast s Fam Spouse Raw Title pouse Raw Title FamTbl SpouseRawTitle Fam Spouse Title S pouse Title FamTbl SpouseTitle Fam State Only ATS tate Only FamTbl StateOnly Fam Street Address is Certified S 1S treet Address is Certified FamTbl StreetCertified Fam Street Address Line 1 treet Address Line 1 FamTbl StreetAddressl Fam Street Address Line 2 i treet Address Line 2 FamTbl StreetAddress2 Fam Street Carrier Route
229. m lt end gt Expanding Letters and Statements e 5 3 Using AND You can test for more than one condition in a single IF statement by using AND and OR and OR Each separate condition must be enclosed in parentheses The conditions can use different fields and they can test for different values Example if Fam Fam Number of Children gt 0 and Fam Fam City Phoenix AZ gt T T f T AND is used to say that both or all conditions must be true in order for the following text to be printed Example if Fam Fam Number of Children gt 0 and Fam Fam City Phoenix AZ gt You are invited to the Children s Day celebration to be held in Phoenix Municipal Park lt end gt OR is used to say that either or any of the conditions can be true for the text to print Example if Fam Fam Suffix Jr or Fam Fam Suffix Sr gt You are invited to the Association of Suffix Holders ASH celebration else if Fam Fam Suffix II or Fam Fam Suffix III gt You are invited to the Association of Seconds and Thirds AST celebration lt end gt Multiple Languages One of the most common uses of IF statements is to create letters that print in different languages All it takes is the use of the proper character set on the keyboard and typing the text in the language you wish to use This does not mean that the program will translate into dif
230. m Street Data FamTbl Address Line 1 StreetAddressl Fam Street Address Line 2 Fam Street Data FamTbl Address Line 2 StreetAddress2 Fam Street Carrier Route S Fam Street Carrier Route MData FamTbl StreetCarrierRoute Fam Street City Fam Street City MData FamTbl StreetCity Fam Street DP Fam Street DP MData FamTbl StreetDP Fam Street E Mail Fam Street E Mail MData FamTbl EMail Fam Street Zip Fam Street Zip Data FamTbl StreetZip Fam Street Address Block s Fam Street Data FamTb Address Block StreetAddressBlock Fam Street Prefers E Mail S Fam Street Prefers E Mail MData FamTbl EMailOverMail Fam Suffix Fam Suffix MData FamTbl Suffix 10 12 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fam Title Fam Title M FamTbl Title Fam Unique ID Fam Unique ID M FamTbl FamRecNum Fam Use Alt 1 se Alt M FamTbl UseAlt Fam Use E Mai
231. mREContTbl InformalSal Contact Mailing Name Contact Contact Mailing Name PDSDMData MemREContTbl MailingName Contact Marital Status Contact Contact Marital Status PDSDMData MemREContTbl MaritalStatus Contact Name Contact Contact Name PDSDMData MemREContTbl Name Contact Phone List Contact Contact Phone List PDSDMData MemREContTbl PhoneList Contact Prefers E Mail Contact Contact Prefers E Mail PDSDMData MemREContTbl EMailOverMail Contact Relationship Contact Contact Relationship PDSDMData MemREContTbl Relationship Contact Religion Contact Contact Religion PDSDMData MemREContTbl Userl Contact Remarks Contact Contact Remarks PDSDMData MemREContTbl Remarks Contact Send Courtesy Copy Contact Contact Send Courtesy Copy PDSDMData MemREContTbl SendCourtesyCopy Contact X Phone List Contact Contact X Phone List PDSDMData MemREContTbl XPhoneList Contact Zip Contact Contact Zip PDSDMData MemREContTbl Zip Contact Zip Prefix Contact Contact Zip Prefix PDSDMData MemREContTbl ZipPrefix Contact Phone Number ContactPhone Contact Phone Number PDSDMData MemREContPhTbl Number Contact Phone Phone Type ContactPhone Contact Phone Phone Type PDSDMData MemREContPhTbl PhoneType Contact Phone Unlisted ContactPhone Contact Phone Unlisted PDSDMData MemREContPhTbl Unlisted Ctchst Age Ctchst Ctchst Age PDSDMData MemTbl Age Ctchst Confidential Remarks Ctchst Ctchst Confidential Remarks
232. me name the Group could not tell them apart We will leave the remaining settings on this dialog box set to their defaults The most important one for this example is the checkbox Keep Group Together If this is checked each family will be kept together as a group and not split between pages Click OK Design Preview RA Groups OF Xx Groups Fam Fam Unique ID Group 0 Fam Fam Unique ID Break On Data Field Custom Field On Group Change Start new page J Reset page number New page when less than fo IV Keep group together IV Reprint group headers on subsequent pages OK Cancel Fig 3 17 A s 5 8 8 29 Ha AS ewn a The Detail band now has Denm Header ea m TADE Ru IL Tee E LL EAS E A moe m Ee Possum a o uh T li le Group Header D Fam Unique ID Van Loon Jeff Jeane M M Detail Footer Fig 3 18 P O Box 322 BOBx37 OS 602 278 9932 Home Group Footer 0 Fam Unique ID EE Click on File Save to save the report and run it normally to see the finished product In chapter 4 we will add a column label and another group 3 14 e Sub reports Groups and Regions Advanced Report Writer 4 Embedded Code Code Editor Advanced Report Writer Overview Built into the Advanced Report Writer is the ability to include pieces of code embedded in
233. med xCurForm and that it was on line 40 character 29 when it happened Fig 6 2 6 6 e Scripting Language Advanced Report Writer Common There are a few things that you need to watch out for in scripting Problems and V The program crashes more when writing scripts Things to Help There are less protections from the report doing something that stops the program dead Windows XP is a much better operating system to use when developing Lockups are less likely to crash the computer Also it handles resources differently This means we don t run out of memory as fast V TIt is very easy to make a mistake in the name of the events The program will not tell you that you have the name wrong It just won t run that procedure One way to avoid this is to puta Showmessage command in the procedure when you first add it to make sure everything you think is running is actually running Y Scripts have problems if you don t initialize your variables Advanced Report Writer Scripting Language e 6 7 Notes 6 8 e Scripting Language Advanced Report Writer 7 Adding and Accessing Screens Overview One common reason for using scripts is to ask questions of the user and then to use the answers to customize the report In this chapter we will continue on with the directory example that we have been using in the prior chapters We will add a layout screen to this example A great deal can be learned from the predefined report alread
234. meter in the script is in the AfterSelectReport event We put it in there because we know when we get to that point the user cannot change anything on the screen Sometimes there are many parameters to pass and so we create a procedure to do that procedure SetParams begin PUT THE ITEMS INTO PARAME PDSSetParam 0 UpperCase Own if SepPageCBYes Checked ER FOR THE Name ve KE PORT H then PDSSetParam l Yes else PDSSetParam 1 No if PageNumCBYes Checked then PDSSetParam 2 Yes else PDSSetParam 2 No if FonCBYes Checked then PDSSetParam 4 Yes else PDSSetParam 4 No PDSSetParam 5 MemGroup ItemIndex PDSSetParam 6 AgeGradeGrp ItemIndex end procedure AfterSelectReport begin SetParams end We also need to add a call to our new SetParams routine at the bottom of the After LoadReport event after the code to load the INI file We need this call so that the preview report will work inside the Advance Report Writer editor In this case we are setting six parameters One is a string that we capitalize before we set it Three are Boolean values that are Yes or No that we are converting to strings Two are integers Now we need to include in the report the embedded code to take these parameters and use them On the BeforePrint event of the page number at the top enter var S string begin s PDSGetPar
235. n Trn Batch Number DM TrnTbl Batch Trn Blank1 Trn Trn Blank1 DM TrnTbl Blank1 Trn Blank2 Trn Trn Blank2 DM TrnTbl Blank2 Trn Blank3 Trn Trn Blank3 DM TrnTbl Blank3 Trn Blank4 Trn Trn Blank4 DM TrnTbl Blank4 Trn Cash Account Name Trn Trn Cash Account Name DM TmTbl CashAcctName Trn Cash Account Number 4 rn Trn Cash Account Number DM TmTbl CashAcctNum Trn Check Amount Trn Trn Check Amount DM TrnTbl Amount Trn Check Number Trn Trn Check Number DM TmTbl CheckNumber Trn Corrected Payee Name 4 rn Trn Corrected Payee Name M TrnTbl CorrectedPayeeName J Trn Date Changed 4 rn Trn Date Changed M TrnTbl DateChanged J Trn Date Created 4 rn Trn Date Created DM TmTbl DateCreated Trn Date Trn Trn Date DM TrnTbl TDate Trn Discount Amt Trn Trn Discount Amt J M TrnTbl DiscountAmt Trn Discount Date Trn Trn Discount Date DM TrnTbl DiscountDate Trn Discount Pct Trn Trn Discount Pct DM TrnTbl DiscountPct Trn Discount Terms Trn Trn Discount Terms J M TrnTbl DiscountTerms Trn Discount Taken 4 rn Trn Discount Taken M TrnTbl DiscountTaken J Trn Due Date 4 rn Trn Due Date M TrnTbl DueDate J Trn Electronic Payment 4 rn Trn Electronic Payment M TrnTbl ElectronicPayment J Trn Emp Department 4 rn Trn Emp
236. n and clicking in a band that label is an object An object is a kind of holder of information For example a label object holds the text of what is printed for that label It actually holds a number of pieces of information commonly referred to as Attributes In the case of a label the object also stores the color of that label its position and a number of different pieces of information The most important piece of information is the object s name Each object in a report can be accessed by the code using the object s name Every object placed into a report has a name in the form of the type of object i e Label DBText Line and a unique number So if we start with a new report and we place a label on it the name of that object will be Labell If we place another label it will be Label2 If we place a line under one of the this object will have the name Linel and so on The name of the object is used in referencing that object in the code Embedded Code e 4 3 You can change the name of any object by opening the Report Tree right clicking on the object and choosing Rename An object name cannot have any of the following characters spaces tabs single quotes double quotes periods commas semicolons colons or any of these symbols GL 631 95 lt 7 099 amp Report Outline Report Outline Main Fam Main Fam Members
237. n if statements are gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal to u Is equal to lt Less than lt Less than or equal to lt gt Notequal to You can also use some Boolean operations And both or all conditions must be true Or either or any conditions must be true Xor only one of the conditions can be true Not none of the conditions can be true When using these Boolean operations with the comparison operations you must use parentheses For example I gt 2 and Y 3 must be entered as I gt 2 and Y 3 or you will get an error Calculations can be done inside of assignment statements and inside of conditions A calculation can be made up of a single item referred to as a literal Examples of these would be 5 Test true or 10 20 More commonly a calculation is an equation with reference to object attributes or to a host of built in routines In the following examples the variables staring with s are assumed to be strings i are assumed to be integers d are assumed to be dates and a are assumed to be currencies slt and s2 copy s 1 1 trim copy s 2 255 i 100 i1 div 3 c 15 0 100 0 Embedded Code e 4 11 Comments Test the Code 4 12 e Embedded Code A particular section of code may seem obvious to you now but later it may seem confusing Comments can be entered into the code to make it more readable and to help explain what the code doe
238. nfuses the debugging Special Sorts e 8 3 Assign the Variables procedur CreateExternalData begin CR EATE F Di F A NEW MEMORY TABLI NewField with New begin S Fiel S Fiel F S Fiel Fiel Fiel Fiel S Index ETUP TH Tbl TKbmMemTable Cr FieldTbl do at DMR Er Di ETUP T MEMORY TABLI dDefs Clear We don t need it does not hu F HE T h ETUP THE d FIELD TO SORT BY Defs Add Order ftInteger Di d d d d T F TUP THE Defs Add Defs Add Defs Add Defs Add EW FIELDS TO CALCUL TermsAndRate ftSt Terms ftString 4 Rate ftCurrency LastDate ftDate N F INDEX NOT REALLY US Now that the variables are initialized we can actually set them up with the correct values port this line but rt either 0 False F Di ATI ring 0 0 0 40 False False false False ED FOR THIS TABL Defs Add Order MKSet ix Primary NewFieldTbl IndexFieldNames Order CreateTable Active true end CREATE THE DATA SOURCE NewFieldDS TDataSource Create DMRepo NewFieldDS DataSet NewFieldTbl CREATE THE PIPELINE NewFieldPL TppDBPipeline Create DMR NewFieldPL Name NewFieldPL NewField
239. no white space under the fields Drop a Label object Labell into the top left corner of the Title band Change its value to Member Name Make it bold Drop another Label object Label2 next to the first label at 2 inches Change its value to Member Age Make it bold Click and drag the Title band up until there is no white space under the labels The screen should look like this GS Advanced Report Writer Report LIST MEMLIST RTM File Edi View Report Embedded Code Templates Help Design Preview A Elm 8 58 a9 a ABH ea a A e amp WW bab oe ME o ee 9 Member Name ember Ag8 AT Title _ o eff Van Loon Ba Detail Fig 5 12 BZU Is Step 3 Save the report Click on File Save The program will save the embedded list under the filename we chose in step 1 Click on File Close to close the ARW editor Step 4 Use the embedded list in the letter We can now add the embedded list to the letter At the end of the letter on the line after the last sentence insert the embedded list command lt List MemList gt Note the triangle brackets around the name and the fact that we use a colon and a space in the name Also the extension RTM is not used Advanced Report Writer Expanding Letters and Statements e 5 11 E Editing Family Welcome Letter File C PDSCHURCH10M_STD Data Reports PDS PDS1021 rtf Eile Edit View Insert
240. nsert Style ER Delete Style Click on Edit Text This will allow you to make the necessary changes to the Inside Address style Here you can enter or modify the style Depending upon the language you can type in the term you wish to use for a greeting i e the word Dear Estimado etc Fam Mailing Name This is the Address Style The first two lt Fam Address Block gt terms uses the mailing name and the address for each family lt Language Spanish Male gt The next term tells the program to look for the first family that has a male member with the term Spanish in the Language field lt if pos Sr Sra Fam Fam If it uses Sr Sra in the salutation print the Formal Sal gt 0 gt word Estimados Estimados lt Fam Formal Sal gt else if pos S S Fam Fam Else if it uses S S in the salutation print the Formal Sal gt 0 gt word Estimados If not print Estimado Estimados Fam Formal Sal gt ne lt else gt Estimado lt Fam Formal Sal gt lt end gt Note The command Language Spanish is the same as if Fam Fam Letter Language Spanish gt Expanding Letters and Statements e 5 5 lt Language Spanish Female gt Ifthe person is a female and has the term Estimada lt Fam Formal Sub Spanish it will print Estimada lt Language English gt If the person has a different language such as English print the word Dear and the Dear lt Fam Forma
241. ntact Pkg Contact Name DM PkgContact Name Pkg Contact Phone List PkgContact Pkg Contact Phone List DM PkgContact PhoneList Pkg Contact Position PkgContact Pkg Contact Position DM PkgContact Position Pkg Contact Salutation PkgContact Pkg Contact Salutation DM PkgContact Salutation Pkg Contact Send No Mail PkgContact Pkg Contact Send No Mail DM PkgContact SendNoMail Pkg Contact Zip PkgContact Pkg Contact Zip DM PkgContact Zip Pkg Contact Phone Number PkgContactPhone Pkg Contact Phone Number DM PkgContactPhone NNumber Pkg Contact Phone Type PkgContactPhone Pkg Contact Phone Type DM PkgContactPhone PhoneType Pkg Contact Phone Unlisted PkgContactPhone Pkg Contact Phone Unlisted DM PkgContactPhone Unlisted Pkg Contact Phone X Unlisted PkgContactPhone Pkg Contact Phone X Unlisted DM PkgContactPhone XNumber Field can be used in listings letters and labels but not selections PDS Office Table Relationships 10 78 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Family Tables Links LetRecNum FamRecNum Date Name FamKWRecNum LetDescRec OrderNum Note FamRecNum ProgType DescRec ProgNum ProgNum DescRec Description Newltem ParKey Envelope Number and is required Note Must be 10 character with leading spaces LetDescRec Description Newltem FamRecNum PhoneRec ParKey Order SchKey Rec REKey PhoneTypeRec Name Number AreaNumber Unlisted Stre
242. nts In the embedded code in reports we connected code to object events In the script you also attach code to events but they are program events that happen as the program runs For example we can hook to an event called AfterCreateReport The code will be run after the report is selected The term Create is misleading but accurate Every time you select a report the program creates a Report object You hook into an event by including a procedure or function in your script with the name of the event you want to handle The program knows to call your routine when the proper time comes The list of procedure and functions that can be used are in the table below These events are also in the order they are executed procedure A fterCreateReport procedure AfterLoadReport procedure CreateExternalData function BeforeReport boolean procedure BeforeSelectReport procedure AfterSelectReport procedure AfterSelectionsBuilt function PrintDefaultReport boolean function BeforeSetupPrint boolean procedure BeforePrintReport procedure AfterPrintReport procedure AfterReport procedure FreeExternalData procedure BeforeDestroyReport 6 2 Scripting Language Called right after the report 1s selected Called after report loaded Called right after AfterLoadReport This gives us a change to set up any table we need for this report This may not be the best place to add the records to those tables since the s
243. nvelope Reports Tax Reports Financial Analysis Reports Financial Easy Reports ember Reports Listing Reports Letters Statements Label Envelope Reports Delete Copy Ady Script Save as Custom Report View Sample Close 4 TX tttm Fig 1 1 Advanced Report Writer Introduction e 1 1 UDR files 1 2 e Introduction Only some of the predefined reports were originally created as ARW reports and only those will allow you into the ARW editor when copied The simplest way to tell is to make a copy and click on Adv Script If the Type is Adv Report then it is an ARW report if the Type is anything else then it is an easy report Copy Family Directory Adv Report Fig 1 2 Each ARW report has a UDR file that gives information about the report To see the UDR file highlight the report and click on Adv Script UDR File Load File Each section of information is preceded by the type in square brackets such as Prop for the Properties section Each line is a different setting with the format of Object setting for example Name Family Directory Name Copy Family Directory Desc Directory listing of families with member names and ages or grades Default SortBy Name PageStyle 362 LastInfo Fig 1 3 Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer Properties Prop Name report name Desc report description SkipMergeUp 0 Default Default In the Def
244. oStr PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTblGrandTotalTotalPaid AsString s copy s length s 1 10 10 spaces PDSDMData MailTblKey AsString s PDSDMCalc MainSepStmtRec 0 end This report resets the list of Sort By so that it includes two items The Default section ofthe UDR for this report is Default CanUseSepStmt 1 ForceMailTbl 1 OrderMailTbl 1 PageStyle 360 This tells the program that it can use separate statements force the mail table to be built and used for sorting and to try and call for script routines for each entry in the mail table It also sets the default page style to be compressed print Advanced Report Writer Declare the Variables Initialize the Variables Advanced Report Writer Memory Tables In some reports there is aneed to store information temporarily Sometimes we can store them in variables Sometimes we need more information than can fit in a variable In these cases we can use a Memory Table A Memory Table is a database table that resides in memory It is not stored on disk although there is a method to save and load memory tables 1f needed Lets start with a real world example of creating a memory table In our financial statement we want to include a note that includes the family s current rate and terms and the date of the last donation Now we can easily make an Advanced Report Writer report that does this but it will calculate the values in a sub report or an embedded list Thi
245. ob Emp Job Hours Per Check DMEnmployee tblJobs lkFregEguivHours Emp Job Inactive EmpJob Emp Job Inactive DMEmployee tblJobs Inactive Emp Job Last Check Date EmpJob Emp Job Last Check Date DMEmployee tblJobs LastCheckDate Emp Job Last Check Num EmpJob Emp Job Last Check Num DMEmployee tblJobs LastCheckNum Emp Job Last Check Value EmpJob Emp Job Last Check Value DMEmployee tblJobs LastCheckValue Emp Job Number of Payments EmpJob Emp Job Number of Payments DMEmployee tblJobs PayCounter Emp Job Other State Exemptions EmpJob Emp Job Other State Exemptions DMEmployee tblJobs OtherStateExempt Emp Job Pay Period EmpJob Emp Job Pay Period DMEmployee tblJobs IkPayPeriod Emp Job Personal Exemptions EmpJob Emp Job Personal Exemptions DMEmployee tblJobs PersonalExemptions Emp Job Position EmpJob Emp Job Position DMEmployee tblJobs IkPosition Emp Job Retirement Plan EmpJob Emp Job Retirement Plan DMEmployee tblJobs RetirementPlan Emp Job State Dependents EmpJob Emp Job State Dependents DMEmployee tblJobs StateDependents Emp Job Statutory Employee EmpJob Emp Job Statutory Employee DMEmployee tblJobs StatutoryEmployee Emp Job Termination Reason EmpJob Emp Job Termination Reason DMEmployee tblJobs TerminationReason Emp Job Third Party Sick Pay EmpJob Emp Job Third Party Sick Pay DMEmployee tblJobs ThirdPartySickPay Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 53
246. of Baptism Sac Sac Baptism Day of Baptism PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelDayOfDatel Sac Baptism Month Num of Baptism Sac Sac Baptism Month Num of Baptism PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelMonthNumofDatel Sac Baptism Month of Baptism Sac Sac Baptism Month of Baptism PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelMonthofDatel Sac Baptism Notes Sac Sac Baptism Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelNotes Sac Baptism Performed By Sac Sac Baptism Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelPerformedBy Sac Baptism Performed Sac Sac Baptism Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelPerf Sac Baptism Place Sac Sac Baptism Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelPlaceBlock Sac Baptism Sponsor List Sac Sac Baptism Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelSponsorList Sac Baptism Status Sac Sac Baptism Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelStatus Sac Baptism Year of Baptism Sac Sac Baptism Year of Baptism PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelYearofDatel Sac Confirm Addl Status Sac Sac Confirm Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Addl Sac Confirm Confirmation Name Sac Sac Confirm Confirmation Name PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Extra Sac Confirm Date Sac Sac Confirm Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Date Sac Confirm Day of Confirm Sac Sac Confirm Day of Confirm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2DayofDate2 Sac Confirm Month Num of Confirm Sac Sac Confirm Month Num of Confirm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2MonthNumofDate2 Sac Conf
247. okTbl DatelYearofDatel Sac Confirm Addl Status Sac Sac Confirm Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Addl 1 Sac Confirm Confirmation Name Sac Confirm Confirmation Name JU o w Q DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Extra T Sac Confirm Date Sac Confirm Date Um w Q DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Date T Sac Confirm Day of Confirm Sac Confirm Day of Confirm Um o a DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2DayofDate2 T Sac Confirm Month Num of Confirm Sac Sac Confirm Month Num of Confirm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2MonthNumofDate2 Sac Confirm Month of Confirm Sac Sac Confirm Month of Confirm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2MonthofDate2 Sac Confirm Notes Sac Sac Confirm Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Notes Sac Confirm Performed By Sac Sac Confirm Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2PerformedBy Sac Confirm Performed Sac Sac Confirm Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Perf Sac Confirm Place Sac Sac Confirm Place p DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2PlaceBlock T Sac Confirm Sponsor List Sac Confirm Sponsor List Um o a DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2SponsorList T Sac Confirm Status Sac Confirm Status Um o a DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2Status Sac Confirm Year of Confirm Sac Confirm Year of Confirm JU o w Q DSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date2YearofDate2 T Sac First Comm
248. omm Month of 1st Comm Sac Sac 1st Comm Month of lst Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4MonthofDate4 Sac lst Comm Notes Sac Sac 1st Comm Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Notes Sac lst Comm Performed By Sac Sac 1st Comm Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4PerformedBy Sac lst Comm Performed Sac Sac 1st Comm Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Perf Sac lst Comm Place Sac Sac 1st Comm Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4PlaceBlock Sac lst Comm Sponsor List Sac Sac 1st Comm Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4SponsorList Sac lst Comm Status Sac Sac 1st Comm Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4Status Sac lst Comm Year of 1st Comm Sac Sac lst Comm Year of lst Comm PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date4YearofDate4 Sac Baptism Addl Status Sac Sac Baptism Addl Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelAddl Sac Baptism Baptismal Name Sac Sac Baptism Baptismal Name PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelExtra 10 18 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Sac Baptism Date Sac Sac Baptism Date PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl DatelDate Sac Baptism Day
249. ontinue get the next I Advanced Report Writer Scripting Language e 6 5 More Comments Options Detecting Errors U While not PDSDMData FamTbl Eof do Begin If PDSDMData MemTbl RecordCount 1 Then Break get out of the while loop If PDSDMData MemTbl RecordCount 1 Then goto TryBackwards jump to the label J J 1 PDSDMData FamTbl Next End TryBackwards PDSDMData FamTbl Last while not PDSDMData FamTbl Bof do Begin J J 1 PDSDMData FamTbl Prior End End End In most cases you do not need to use these statements But in the rare case that you do they can save a great deal of work In addition to the braces that the embedded code uses for comments script can use an open parentheses followed by an asterisk to start a comment and an asterisk followed by a close parentheses to close a comment Also anything after a until the end of the line is considered a comment in scripts There is a button on the script editor to check the code This only does the simplest syntax checking It cannot detect a great many problems When you run the report the program will bring up a dialog box giving as much information as it has PDS Church Office Management x Undeclared identifier xCurForm File C Office Data Reports PDS PDS1238 pas at Line 40 Char 29 Continue execution Cancel In this case it is telling you that it could not find the variable na
250. otals Budget for Month 8 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth8 Totals Budget for Month 9 o tals Totals Budget for Month 9 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth9 Totals Budget for Otr 1 otals Totals Budget for Otr 1 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr1 Totals Budget for Otr 10 otals Totals Budget for Otr 10 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr10 o Totals Budget for Otr 11 tals Totals Budget for Otr 11 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtrl1 Totals Budget for Otr 12 otals Totals Budget for Otr 12 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr12 Totals Budget for Otr 2 otals Totals Budget for Otr 2 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr2 Totals Budget for Otr 3 otals Totals Budget for Otr 3 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr3 Totals Budget for Otr 4 otals Totals Budget for Otr 4 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr4 Totals Budget for Otr 5 otals Totals Budget for Otr 5 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr5 Totals Budget for Otr 6 otals Totals Budget for Otr 6 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr6 Totals Budget for Qtr 7 otals Totals Budget for Qtr 7 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetQtr7 Totals Budget for Qtr 8 otals Totals Budget for Qtr 8 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr8 Totals Budget for Otr 9 otals Totals Budget for Otr 9 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetOtr9 Totals Budget for Year 2 otals Totals Budget for Ycar 2 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetY ear2 Totals Budget for Year 3 otals Totals Budget for Year 3 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetY e
251. oyee tblPrintChecks AtDate J Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 51 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Emp Chk Deductions EmpChk Emp Chk Deductions MEmployee tblPrintChecks Deductions J Emp Chk Direct Dep tri mpChk Emp Chk Direct Dep MEmployee tblPrintChecks DirectDeposit J Emp Chk End Period Date EmpChk Emp Chk End Period Date DMEnmployee tblPrintChecks EndPeriodDate Emp Chk Gross EmpChk Emp Chk Gross DMEnmployee tblPrintChecks Gross Emp Chk Local COA List EmpChk Emp Chk Local COA List DMEnmployee tblPrintChecks LocalCoaList Emp Chk Memo EmpChk Emp Chk Memo J MEmployee tblPrintChecks Memo Emp Chk Number m mpChk Emp Chk Number MEmployee tblPrintChecks Number J Emp Chk Ovrl Hours tri mpChk Emp Chk Ovr1 Hours MEmployee tblPrintChecks Ovr1Hours J Emp Chk Ovr2 Hours tri mpChk Emp Chk Ovr2 Hours MEmployee tblPrintChecks Ovr2Hours J Emp Chk Print Now m mpChk Emp Chk Print Now MEmployee tblPrintChecks Done J Emp Chk Print Now m mpChk Emp Chk Print Now MEmployee tblPrintChecks PrintNow J Emp Chk Regular Hours es mpChk Emp Chk Regular Hours MEmployee tblPrintChecks RegularHours J Emp Chk Remarks tri
252. peline is chosen the object name becomes PDSSubReportl pipeline Notice that Financial fields are not available through the member pipeline and vice versa Not all sub reports need a data pipeline For example you have a family report that includes Sub report 1 Sub report 1 contains some Heading labels and Sub report 2 Sub report 2 has a pipeline of Member but Sub report 1 has no pipeline it is an intermediate level designed to hold the Headings The Data Pipeline hierarchy Family Family Keywords Family Letters Family Phone Members Attendance Background Check E mail Member Keywords Member Letters Member Ministies Member Other Requirements Member Phones Member Talents Sacraments Sacrament List Sacrament Extra Info Sacrament Sponsor Sacrament General Financial Other Also the Sub report does not need a data pipeline if it is using fields found in the Main data pipeline To modify the contents of the sub report click on the tab at the bottom of the workspace PDSSubReportl pipeline Main Fam f PDSSubFieport1 Mem A sub report begins with Title Detail and Summary bands Usually the Title and Summary bands are not used and can be removed by clicking on Report Title and Report Summary mee UI HELEN FIL NA RA RL VER LA A VAL RL ANAL A LLU EL A AL nU r Fi Add objects to the sub report in the same way that you do to the main report Anything placed
253. progress and they should be able to escape out We might have summary at the end To read information from a file we use commands that are similar to those for writing to a file We assign the file variable to the file name Instead of doing a rewrite which we used in the export to delete the file and create a new file we do a reset which just opens the file We do have to do some checking to make sure the file 1s there In the export we looped through the families In the import we will be looping through the text file or other type and use readln to read the next line into the string We can then do something with that information For example lets assume the disk contains the families ID numbers a comma and a number to be put in the families geographical area We would need to read in the line break it into the 2 parts look up the family by id and put in the new value Exporting and Importing Data e 9 7 9 8 e Exporting and Importing Data var f TextFile function PrintDefaultReport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE THE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end function BeforeBuildExport boolean begin result false WE WILL CREATE THE FILE IN AfterBuildExport end procedure AfterBuildExport label OpenTheFile var Se String id area string qz integer begin BUILD THE EXPORT OpenTheFile Assign
254. r FundBill Fund Bill Member PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Member Fund Bill Name FundBill Fund Bill Name PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Name Fund Bill Phone FundBill Fund Bill Phone PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Phone Fund Bill Prefers E Mail FundBill Fund Bill Prefers E Mail PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl EMailOverMail Fund Bill Relationship FundBill Fund Bill Relationship PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Relationship Fund Bill Start Day FundBill Fund Bi Day PDSDMData FamFund StartDay Fund Bill Start Month FundBill Fund Bi Month PDSDMData FamFund StartMonth Fund Bill Statements FundBill Fund Bill Statements PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl BillingTypeName Fund Bill Zip FundBill Fund Bill Zip PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Zip Fund Bill Zip Prefix FundBill Fund Bill Zip Prefix PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl ZipPrefix Fund EFT Activity FundEFT Fund EFT Activity PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl Activity Fund EFT CC Type Name FundEFT Fund EF CC Type Name PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl CCTypeName Fund EFT EFT Type FundEFT Fund EFT EFT Type PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl EFTType Fund EFT EFT Type Name FundEFT Fund EFT EFT Type Name PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl EFTTypeName Fund Hist Activity FundHist Fund Hist Activity PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEType Fund Hist Amount FundHist Fund Hist Amount PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEAmt Fund Hist Batch Number FundHist Fund Hist Batch Number PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEBatch Fund Hist Check Number Fund
255. r by DateRegistered DM SelectTbl Active true end We put the SQL statements on multiple lines so that it is more readable It could have been on one line Also we put a space at the end of each line so that it will not butt right up against the next line when it s pulled together In SQL we have to include a field that links this table with the main table of the type of report we are writing for If we are in a family report we need to have the field FamRecNum If we are in a member report we need to have the field MemRecNum This field is used by the program to connect with all the other tables The program will get the first record of the SelectTbl and use this field to find the correct family record or member record and once that record is found all the other tables that are linked to it We can also add conditions to the WHERE clause of the SOL which cause the report to filter the families or members before printing This would be in those cases where you want to filter the data without the user having to enter a selection MailTbl A second way of doing a special sort in the Church Office Formation Office and School Office is by using the MailTbl The Mail table is a special table that works like the SelectTbl except it is not based on SQL It is actually a table created in the user s temporary folder A record is added to this table for every family or member that is to be printed It is used for zip code sorts e mail
256. rRoute Fund Bill Certified FundBill Fund Bill Certified PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Certified Fund Bill Changed FundBill Fund Bill Changed PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Changed Fund Bill City State FundBill Fund Bill City State M Bi MD Bi MD Bi MD Bi MD Bi MD Bi MD Bi MD Bi PDSDMData FamFund CityState Fund Bill Date Certified FundBill Fund Bil Certified PDSDMData FamFund CertDate Fund Bill DP FundBill Fund Bill DP PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl DP Fund Bill E Mail FundBill Fund Bill E Mail PDSDMData FamFundBill L EMail Fund Bill End Day FundBill Fund Bill End Day PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl EndDay Fund Bill End Month FundBill Fund Bill End Month PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl EndMonth Fund Bill Formal Sal FundBill Fund Bill Formal Sal PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl FormalSal Fund Bill Informal Sal FundBill Fund Bill Informal Sal PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl InformalSal Fund Bill Mailing Name FundBill Fund Bill Mailing Name PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl MailingName Fund Bill Member FundBill Fund Bill Member PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Member Fund Bill Name FundBill Fund Bill Name PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Name Fund Bill Phone FundBill Fund Bill Phone PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Phone Fund Bill Prefers E Mail FundBill F
257. re takes seven parameters The first is the table we want to add The second is the datasource for that table The third is the name we want to show to the user The fourth is the indexed field we want to use The fifth is the table that this table is linked to The sixth is the field in that table that must match the value of the third parameter the join The seventh parameter is always blank Build the Table Now we can define what should be done after every access to a different family record Advanced Report Writer CALCULATE THE VALUE OF THE NEW FIELDS THIS IS CALLED EVERY TIME WE GET A NEW FAMILY procedure CallAfterCalc var S S1 string is integer d dl date code continued on next page Special Sorts e 8 5 8 6 o Special Sorts continued from previous page begin LOOP THROUGH THE CALCFUND TABLE AND THE CACLFUNDHIST TO FIND THE LAST PAYMENT AND THE CALCFUNDACT TO FIND THE FIRST ACTIVITY THAT HAS AN RECURRING CHARGE ASSOICATED WITH IT WE THEN STORE IT IN THE NEWFIELD TABLE s d 0 with PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl do begin First while not eof do begin Determine the last date with PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl do begin First while not eof do begin if PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTblActFunc AsInteger lt 9 then payment type begin d1 P
258. rita Select Reports Family Reports Family Easy Reports Add Letter Next Next This will bring you to the Set the Letter Layout Screen On this screen you need to adjust the different Styles and the Text of the Letter so they are set up for the different languages There are two screens involved in changing the Inside Address Style Fig 1 shows the Letter Layout screen Fig 2 shows the Inside Address Style Select the style you wish to use formal or informal and then click on the Edit Style button This will bring you to the screen shown in Fig 2 Family Report New Letter Report Edit Inside Address Style x Set the Letter Layout gt Letterhead Style Inside Address Style Names Style Name Fancy Letterhead gt Essie gt Family Formal Name ML Letter Date Style Family Informal Name Style Name Centered Date sese Family Name No Salutation C Use today s date Use the date E Member Formal Name Inside Address Style Style Name Family Formal Name ML Member Informal Name Text of the Letter Style Name Family Formal Name ML Modify the Text of the Letter i Inside Address f r Closing Style Layout i Style Name Formal Sr Robert Jones ML c Edit Style 8 gt Margin Style Style Name Smallest Margins v Edit Style Top 0087 Let 0 250 Bottom 0 500 Right 0 250 i
259. rks Src Src Remarks DM VenTbl Remarks Src Since Src Src Since DM VenTbl VendorSince Src Terms Src Src Terms DM VenTbl calcTerms Src Unigue ID Src Src Unigue ID DM VenTbl VenRec 10 64 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Src W9 On File Sre Sre W9 On File DM VenTbl W9OnFile Src Web Page Src Src Web Page DM VenTbl WebPage Src Address Address 1 SrcAddress Src Address Address 1 DM VContactTbl Address Src Address Address 2 SrcAddress Src Address Address 2 DM VContactTbl Address2 Src Address Address Block SrcAddress Src Address Address Block DM VContactTbl AddressBlock Src Address City Only SrcAddress Src Address City Only DM VContactTbl CityOnly Src Address City State SrcAddress Src Address City State DM VContactTbl CityState Src Address City State Zip SrcAddress Src Address City State Zip DM VContactTbl CityZip Src Address E Mail SrcAddress Src Address E Mail DM VContactTbl EMail Src Address Mailing Name SrcAddress Src Address Mailing Name DM VContactTbl Mailing Src Address Name SrcAddress Src Address Name DM VContactTbl Name Src Address Notes SrcAddress Src Address Notes DM VContactTbl Not
260. rs E Mail Fam Alt Address Day to End in the dialog box If the category name has a space such as Fund Totals it must be used without the Fam Alt Address Day to Start space in the IF statement i e FundTotals Fam Alt Address Month to End Fam Alt Address Month to Start Field names should be entered exactly as Fam Alternate Address Block they appear in the Insert Field listing FA AN ODID Address BAe Fam Alternate Address Line 2 Examples Fam Alternate Address is Certified c Fam Alternate Carrier Route Fam Fam Address VU Fam Alternate City FamPhone Fam Phone Type Fam Alternate DP Fig 5 2 The comparison symbols are the same as in the Advanced Report Writer gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal to Is equal to lt Less than lt Less than or equal to lt gt Not equal to Fields can be compared to other fields or to values String values must be enclosed in single quotes Examples Fam Fam Name Smith Fam Fam Address 1 lt gt Fam Fam Alternate Address Line 17 Fam Fam ID Env Number gt 9000 5 2 e Expanding Letters and Statements Advanced Report Writer Using ELSE Advanced Report Writer The ELSE portion of an IF ELSE END statement is used to create some action or print a different paragraph when the IF condition is not met Example if Fam Fam Number of Children gt 0 gt You are invited to the Children s Day celebration lt else gt
261. rt Now that you have the information about what the user wants you must be able to tell the report what you have learned To do this we have added two routines Procedure PDSSetParam I integer S string Function PDSGetParam I integer string With these two routines we can send information to the report and the report can even send information back to the script The I is an integer that allows you to have any number of parameters I can be 0 to 32000 Each value of I is a different parameter Each parameter is a string These routines are available in the script and in the embedded code So in the script you could have a line that read begin PDSSetParam 0 EditName Text End Where EditName is an edit object that we have showing on the screen And in the embedded code we could have a GetText event of a label that reads begin Text PDSGetParam 0 End The report will print the value that we entered on our screen We can pass any type of value between the script and the report but we have to convert it to a string before we send it Most of the time we can use it as a string in the embedded code but sometimes we need it as the type 1t was originally and we have to convert it back in the embedded code This is often true for dates when we want to use the date in some sort of comparison 7 8 e Adding and Accessing Screens Advanced Report Writer The most common place to put the setting of the para
262. rt Writer So far the report should look like this VanloonJef lean MMM P P O Box322 Box 322 HESSE 602 278 9932 Home 9932 Home Fig 3 12 Click Preview to get this view Wan Loon Jeff Jeane M M P O Box 322 Peoria amp Z 85338 602 278 9932 Home 602 344 2334 Cell 602 398 4324 Unl Alternate Addr Harcourt Elizabeth Mrs 8745 N Forest Grove Ln Aspen CO 81611 602 846 1937 Unl Home 303 925 2222 Alternate Addr Schmid Jeffrey Lenore MM 5827 W Missouri Ave Peoria AZ 85329 2904 602 238 3928 Home 602 238 9332 Fax Fig 3 13 Advanced Report Writer Sub reports Groups and Regions e 3 11 Add the Sub Next is the Member sub report added to the Detail band Report 1 Click on the Sub report button and drop a sub report beneath the m Fam Phone List 2 Right click on the Sub report and choose ParentWidth This turns off the automatic horizontal stretching 3 Right click again and choose Position Set Left 0 50 Top 0 875 Width 3 0 4 Right click again and choose ShiftRelativeTo In the dialog box choose Fam Phone List DBMemo2 5 Select the Data Pipeline as Mem Design Preview JAB m E8 C Qe je 5 5 5 si l amp Sp S dh o h The Detail band should now look like this Te 75174 T T T 1911 V V T VV Y T V 9 T En lz s ls o E Header an Loon Jeff Jeane M M P
263. rth Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 27 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ctchst Month of Birth Ctchst Ctchst Month of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl MonthOfBirth Ctchst Name Format 1 Mr John Smith Jr Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 1 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl Ctchst Name Format 10 maiden name Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 10 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatl0 Ctchst Name Format 11 Jack s Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 11 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormatll Ctchst Name Format 2 Mr Jack Smith Jr Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 2 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat2 Ctchst Name Format 3 SMITH JR John Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 3 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat3 Ctchst Name Format 4 Mr Smith Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 4 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat4 Ctchst Name Format 5 John Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 5 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat5 Ctchst Name Format 6 nickname Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 6 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat6 Ctchst Name Format 7 Smith Jr Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 7 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat7 Ctchst Name Format 8 Mr Ctchst Ctchst Name Format 8 PDSDMData MemTbl NameFormat8 Ctc
264. s PageNumCBYes AgeGradeGrp MemGroup LMDAssistPage Label TCheckBox TRadioGroup Adding and Accessing Screens e 7 5 Create the New Screen Now we need to create the objects on the screen We want the new page of the wizard to look like this Family Report Copy Family Directory xj Page Layout Options Print page numbers Print phone numbers Information Options Member Printing Options Do Not Print Members c Print Only Adults Print Only Children Print Children amp Adults Member Information Options Do Not Print Age or Grade Print Member Grade Print Member Age lt Back Next gt Cancel We usually put the code for creating a page and doing things on the screen in the AfterLoadReport event This event fires before the user gets onto the screen but after the report has been created procedure AfterLoadReport begin NewScreenPage AddHeading Page Layout Options PageLabel AddCheckBox Print names beginning with a new letter on a separate page SepPageCBYes AddCheckBox Print page numbers PageNumCBYes AddCheckBox Print phone numbers FonCBYes AddBlank AddHeading Information Options PageLabel AddRadioButtonGroup Member Printing Options Do Not Print Members Print Only Adults Print Only Children Print Children amp amp Adults MemGroup AddBlank AddRadioButtonGroup Member Information
265. s This is especially helpful if others will be viewing the code To enter a comment anywhere in your code simply enclose it in curlique brackets For example This is a comment In this code only those over 21 can supervise if Mem Mem age gt 21 then Labell Caption Can Supervise else Labell Visible true There are special menu commands that allow you to test all of the embedded code view the code for any event and print a report of the code To test the code click on Embedded Code Test All Embedded Code The program will test the code for syntax formatting errors and for items such as uninitialized variables Some common errors are Leaving off a semicolon at the end of a statement Putting a semicolon on the line before an ELSE statement Setting the attribute in one case but not resetting it in the alternate case For example we might want the color of a label to be red when a particular value is more than 100 We must remember to set the color to red but also to set the color to black in the other case If we do not then once we get to a record that is red every record after that will be red even though their values are less the 100 Spelling the field name incorrectly Not setting up or initializing global variables Using Boolean fields inside of an IF WHILE or REPEAT statement sometimes does not work It works better if the value i
266. s Block M FamTbl AddressBlock Fam Address Changed dress Changed M FamTbl AddressChanged Fam All Member Names l Member Names M FamTbl AllMemberNames Fam Alt Address Day to End u t Address Day to End M FamTbl AlternateEndDay Fam Alt Address Day to Start U t Address Day to Start M FamTbl AlternateStartDay Fam Alt Address Month to End s lt Address Month to End M FamTbl AlternateEndMonth Fam Alt Address Month to Start t t Address Month to Start M FamTbl AlternateStartMonth Fam Alternate Address is Certified i ternate Address is Certified FamTbl AlternateCertified Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 9 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fam Alternate Address Line 1 ternate Address Line 1 AlternateAddress1 Fam Alternate Address Line 2 te Address Line 2 AlternateAddress2 Fam Alternate Carrier Route te Carrier Route AlternateCarrierRoute Fam Alternate DP te DP AlternateDP Fam Alternate E Mail te E Mail AlternateEMail Fam Alternate Zip te Zip AlternateZip Fam Alternate Address Block te Address Block M AlternateAddressBlock Fam Alternate City te City M AlternateCity Fam Alternate Period F i te Perio
267. s makes it hard to have the values plugged in exactly where we want them to be What we really want is to extend the report to have some new fields This is where memory tables come in If done properly a memory table can be accessed just like any other data field 1 e family name They can be used in any kind of report and can even be used in selections in the reports that declare them Lets begin We first have to declare the variables that we will need In this example we are going to call the table NewField table To implement a table you usually need three variables the table itself the datasource and the pipeline So at the top of the script we need var NewFieldTbl TKbmMemTable NewFieldDS TDataSource NewFieldPL TppDBPipeline The table is where we tell the program what the fields are and how the database is ordered and indexed The datasource 1s a special connection to make connecting the database to the screen fields easier The pipeline is the connection between the datasource and the report builder The next thing that we need to do is initialize these variables as soon as possible That means in the AfterCreateReport procedure We set these variables to nil which means they have nothing in them procedure AfterCreateReport begin NewFieldTbl nil NewFieldDS nil NewFieldPL nil end We initialize them because if we don t and the report stops early because of an error we get an error message that co
268. s run that script is activated The program language we are using is Pascal just like in the embedded code It does have some differences which will be pointed out as we go Accessing the The script can be created and changed from the Report Menu screen Select the report and Script click on the Adv Script button This will bring up the Advanced Script dialog Click on the Pascal Script File tab lalx General Report Information UDR FileINITFile Pascal Script File Eee s s File C Office Data Reports PDS PDS1238 pas e 1 Col 1 Uses a Ma boolean NewPagel TLMDAssistPage PageLabel CNLabel TLabel ColNumEdit TEdit FonCBYes SepPageCBYes PageNumCBYes TCheckBox AgeGradeGrp MemGroup TRadioGroup procedure AfterCreateReport xf Check Code Save File Cancel Close L Fig 6 1 It is here that we can edit the code of the script Writing a script is different than writing the embedded code Unlike the embedded code all the code of a script is in one place There is not a separate screen for each routine You must enter all ofthe code including the procedure declarations The names of the fields are different than those in the embedded code Errors that you make may not show up until you run the report There is a Check Code button that checks for many simple syntax errors but cannot detect a lot of the most common errors Advanced Report Writer Scripting Language e 6 1 Eve
269. s set into a string first For example Var V string Begin V Inv Inv Is Reconciled If v Yes Then Labell Caption reconciled Else Labell Caption End Advanced Report Writer View the Code To view any embedded code that has been created click on Embedded Code View All Embedded Code Then choose which event you wish to view The code editor will show the procedure name and the code BA Global Procedure Main Global nCreate JAS es procedure GlobalOnCreate begin FirstChar CurRec 0 end Fig 4 6 Print the Code When working with embedded code sometimes it is easiest to see all of the code at once so that errors can be found and the flow of variables can be tracked more effectively To print or view all the embedded code in one report including global variables events etc click on Embedded Code Print All Embedded Code Process Completed Report Family Directory Tutorial C PDSCHURCHLOM_STD Data Reports PDS PD31204 rtm SubReport Main Routine Variables procedure Variables var FirstChar string CurRec integer 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 8 SubReport Main Routine GlobalOnCreate Ti procedure GlobalOnCreate 2 begin Advanced Report Writer Embedded Code e 4 13 Open the Report Create Global Variables 4 14 e Embedded Code Ongoing Project Building the Family Directory In Chapter 3 we began building the Family Director
270. semicolon is only placed after the last statement of a block TheELSE statement assigns Text equal to itself This is the text of DBTextl We must provide some direction for the code when the IF statement is false otherwise the text would be blank The indentation inside of the BEGIN END block and inside below the IF statement helps make the code easier to read Click Save Create the new We are now ready to create the new label that will display the first letter of the families Label last names Drop a Label Labell into the Detail band in the top left corner above the family name Make it bold Right click on the label and choose Do Before Print In the code editor enter the lines as you see them below Click on Insert a Data Field to enter the Fam fields Fam Unique ID and Fam Name and Insert an Object Attribute for the label attributes Visible and Caption GE Labell Do Before Print Iof x Line 1 Col 1 Labeli Caption Copy Fam Fam Name 1 1 if Fam Fam Unique ID lt gt CurRec then if Labell Caption lt gt FirstChar then Labell Visible True else Labeli Visible False CurRec Fam Fam Unique ID FirstChar Labell Caption end Insert a Data Field Save Insert an Object Attribute Cancel Fig 4 15 Advanced Report Writer Embedded Code e 4 17 In English the code is performing these steps 1 Assign the caption of Labell equal to the first lett
271. sset COA Is Balance Sheet COA Is Balance Sheet COATDI IsBalanceSheet COA Is Credit COA Is Credit COATbl IsCredit COA Is Debit COA Is Debit COATDI IsDebit COA Is Detail COA Is Detail COATbI IsDetail COA Is Expense COA Is Expense COATbI IsExpense COA Is Heading COA Is Heading COATDI IsHeading COA Is Income Statement COA Is Income Statement COATDI IsIncomeStatement COA Is Income COA Is Income COATbI IsIncome COA Is Liability COA Is Liability COATDI IsLiability COA Is Net COA Is Net COATbI IsNet COA Is Prior Year Fund Bal COA Is Prior Year Fund Bal COATbI IsPriorYearFundBal goeSgoeosSol ol 9o eol alg alg alg alg alg ol 980 9Scl eol ol 8o Sc o SIE SEE SIEBERT COA Is Retained Earnings COA Is Retained Earnings COATDI IsRetainedEarnings COA Is Total COA Is Total COATbI IsTotal COA Is Cash COA Is Cash COATbI IsCash COA Master Account COA Master Account COATbI MasterAccount COA New Page After COA New Page After COATbI BlankPage COA Normal Balance COA Normal Balance COATbI NormalBalance COA Report Type COA Report Type COATbI ReportType COA Set Of Books COA Set Of Books COATbI SetOfBooks COA Sub Account COA Sub Account COATbI SubAccount COA Total Level oa COA Total Level M COATPbI Total
272. ssonssnnsnnnsonssnnssnnesnnssnnssnnssenssnnsonssansnane 7 8 Other Objects 7 11 Ip dtradg zcce c 7 12 8 Special SODIS i i Gi tbe thor bia eee eia epe eee ib sisses oossoo PPM es OM VE O OVER VICW Mo 8 1 SelectTbl en elect e tee e tette dete ie e ea 8 1 Mat PBL 2 2222 2er antenne ann 8 1 Memory Tables Ynn nn neon 8 3 Decla re the Variables ee as ar dee tan 8 3 Initialize the Variables tette te E tte trees 8 3 Assign the V ariables cte sme esas e engines 8 4 Attachith Tables eere eere tte eie e FFF es 8 5 Buildthe Table tot ttt tee te E eee ERE eke 8 5 tenis ir A GT AEE E A ENAA 8 8 ORAA a o Le 9 1 ID QI MOTO H 9 1 Simple EXpOtt 3 n rl e tread te umts 9 1 Improvinsithe BXport un es y e BUND ree rus 9 2 Other File Formats bo corio d Des aU in better 9 3 Adding a summary teens isses koennen 9 5 Expotting to OL Eu oes ade ede GN RD 9 6 Inoplrnayric m H Ssss 9 7 rirgupviidibum m 9 9 nl H M 9 10 Advanced Report Writer Contents e 3 hiuliigiDu He ps 10 2 String Operations yne Be ee Re ER D TR TTC ED EU FAT 10 2 Simple Math Operations cccccscecsseesseeseeesceesceeceeceseceseceecaeeeaeeseeeeeenes 10 2 Math Routines 5 ond er tene ROO mente y 10 3 Date Time Operations ss
273. ssssssseseeeneeeeenenen eene 10 3 Ungarie DE 10 3 Formatting sas sitate hieu 10 3 Boolean Operations 10 4 PDS built in Routines esseseesseesneensennnenseennennnennsnnnennnennnnnnnn een 10 4 PDS Scripting Routines sess 10 4 Member Type Values ccccescceseessecssecceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeerseeenssenaees 10 4 Fund History Activity Types ccccsccesccscecseeeseeeseeseceseeeeeesecnseenseesaeesaeenaes 10 5 Field Listings 3222 dede RI Rs 10 5 Relational Tables rnare aiee nennen nene 10 5 Church Office Field Names eese eee eee essen seen sentes tnn tn netus tasto seta seta sno 10 6 Formation Office Field Names rssursonssonssnnssnnssnnssunssussnnsnonsnnnssnssonsnonsnnnsnnnsnne 10 22 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names eere eee esee eene ense tn m0 no 10 47 Facility Scheduler Field Names eee eee eee eee eee eese ee seen ettet enne en ne tnne 10 75 PDS Office Table Relationships ersoussonssonssnsssusssusssssssnssonsnansnunsonssnnsnnsnnssnne 10 78 4 e Contents Advanced Report Writer 1 Introduction Overview The Advanced Report Writer manual was written to help those users that wish to create their own reports beyond the Simple Reports created with Add Simple Reports The Advanced Report Writer utility allows the user to create reports from the ground up using elements ofreport design and programming You will be abl
274. st Page Last Page Go to page Close Ms 77A A AN Fan Letters and Statem I pns Frech Office M 27 Smnnih Sealinn Smaniks Si luntiler Paint PACE ven PM Fig 5 14 5 12 e Expanding Letters and Statements Advanced Report Writer 6 Scripting Language Overview Embedded code can affect things inside the report but there are many situations where you would like to have some control outside of the report where embedded code has no effect For example you might want to ask the user some questions about what is going to be in the report in order to customize it This often eliminates the need to have multiple reports that do almost the same things Or you might want to create a report that is actually an export or an import of data In this case we may never even generate any sort of printout at all Another thing you might want to do is sort or manipulate the data in a way that is not designed into the system None of these could be done with embedded code inside the report We need some way of controlling things outside the reports That is Scripting Scripting is the idea of having a programming language built into the program that allows you to control how that program runs Scripting has been around for a long time but became more prominent when Microsoft started using it inside its products We have built scripting into the report portion of PDS products So areport can have a script associated with it When the report i
275. st Pmt Freq ListTbl PmtFreg Calc Grp List Recap Bal UO Grp List Recap Bal ListTbl RecapBal Calc Grp List Recap Credits Grp List Recap Credits ListTbl RecapCredits Calc Grp List Recap Due Grp List Recap Due ListTbl RecapDue Calc Grp List Recap Gifts Grp List Recap Gifts ListTbl RecapGifts Calc Grp List Recap Paid o QJ O AST ato QJ O9o ao ASO ATO AID AIO ASO oro a o ao ATO ASO ASO AITO Grp List Recap Paid ListTbl RecapPaid 10 8 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Grp List Months Delinquent Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Calc Grp List Recur Amount t Calc Grp List Recur Amount CalcGrpListTbl RecurAmount Calc Grp List Recur Desc t Calc Grp List Recur Desc CalcGrpListTbl RecurDesc Calc Grp List Recur Period t Calc Grp List Recur Period 5 CalcGrpListTbl RecurPeriod Calc Grp List Total Bal t Calc Grp List Total Bal S CalcGrpListTbl TotalBal Calc Grp List Total Credits t Calc Grp List Tota
276. t Calc Fund Act Rep Func PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl RepFunc Calc Fund Act Unigue Fam ID CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Unigue Fam ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl FamRecNum Calc Fund Hist Act Func CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Act Func PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl ActFunc Calc Fund Hist Activity Name CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Activity Name PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl ActivityName Calc Fund Hist Amount CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Amount PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FEAmt Calc Fund Hist Batch CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Batch PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FEBatch Calc Fund Hist Check Number CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Check Number PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FEChk Calc Fund Hist Comments CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Comments PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl Comments Calc Fund Hist Date CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Date PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FEDate Calc Fund Hist Date To Apply CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Date To Apply PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl DateToApply Calc Fund Hist Fund Number CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Fund Number PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FundNumber Calc Fund Hist Fund Year CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Fund Year PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl FundYear Calc Fund Hist Has Comments CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Has Comments PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl HasComments Calc Fund Hist Member CalcFundHist Calc Fund Hist Member PDSDMCalc CalcFundHistTbl Member Calc Fund Hist Recur Amount CalcFundHist Calc
277. t 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 9 lt 19 lt oO lt lt U lt OD enTotals Ven Totals Last Amount M VTotalsTbl LastAmount Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 73 Ledger Ledger Payroll Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ven Totals Last Date VenTotals Ven Totals Last Date M VTotalsTbl LastDate Ven Totals Last Reference enTotals Ven Totals Last Reference M VTotalsTbl LastReference Ven Totals Next Amount enTotals Ven Totals Next Amount M VTotalsTbl NextAmount Ven Totals Next Date enTotals Ven Totals Next Date M VTotalsTbl NextDate Ven Totals Next Reference enTotals Ven Totals Next Reference M VTotalsTbl NextReference 10 74 e Appendix Advanced Report Writer Facility Scheduler Field Names Facility Scheduler Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Evt All Req Met SS ct vt All Req Met AllRegMet Evt Cleanup SS ct vt Cleanup Cleanup Evt Date Altered lt lt vt Date Altered DateAltered Evt Date Changed SS c vt Date Changed DateChanged Evt Date Created SS ct vt Date Created DateCreated Evt Date lt lt vt Date Date E
278. t e dee E REI ERR DS 3 2 Modifying a Sub report essere ens 3 2 RET CISC eoe dd CY GNU NL dd ne UE T que 3 3 Right Click on Sub reports sss 3 4 GEOUDS eiii iae oae epa teo utate eo cu yn vo ded rane ve o da E EE E 3 5 Add Groups de e tn ette ete ee Hs 3 5 Other Group Options uuueeessseessessnerseensnnnennnennsnnnnnnnnnnnnnenne nennen nnns 3 6 Group Header and Footer sse 3 6 Ree10n dec Y ne caet eo cepa oia DI Y RF HE HD FEN EE HF NHY AN HF FRY 3 7 Add a Region i i ee t se v wt eles ested 3 7 Advanced Report Writer Contents e 1 Right Click oia Region 9 3 40 08 Soc Heeres 3 7 Ib adot cem 3 8 Project Building the Family Directory sursoussonssonssnnssnsesnessurssnssonssonsnonsnnnsnnssnne 3 9 starttheRepott d ott e tette ge eR es EUR EE Be Rn 3 9 The Header ce cen o e TRE dte Ba a ee he 3 9 The Detail dene EEE Uo m SIR MERE 3 10 Add the Sub Report essere 3 12 Setup the Sub Report sss enne 3 12 Adding the Group sse nennen ener nnne 3 14 4 Embedded Code iiid died a ee ose tete e eto nao pi aee te eee aeo svo soa seseeecasescesese ess du TJA A OUT UTT M 4 1 Code Bditor noL E et Aer Roe dee 4 1 ben WR HL A A A E E E A 4 3 Data Fields EE sen E E DEMNM EA N Seele 4 3 Objects EE 4 3 Mattables Aser ei E ee 4 5 En EE ETEEE 4 6 BEGIN END statements ccccccccccccessesss
279. t sets the color of text and choosing red Some attributes are set by selecting the object and then using the right mouse button to open a list of attributes Click on the attribute to set it for example Visible or Autosize 4 4 e Embedded Code Advanced Report Writer Variables Advanced Report Writer If we can set the attributes of an object in the report designer why would we ever set them using embedded code Well if we are just setting an attribute then there is no reason to use embedded code to do it But if we are setting the attribute based on some condition or calculation then we would use the embedded code to determine what the value ofthe attribute should be and then set it In our earlier example we might want to set the label s text to red ifthe value ofthe member age field is less than five 5 The code in this case is shown in the IF THEN statement later in the code section Each object has many attributes To make it easier when entering code there is a button in the code editor titled Insert an Object Attribute This will bring up a list of all the available objects and their attributes To set an object s attribute 1n embedded code identify the attribute in this format Object attribute value For example abell Color clRed Labell Caption Family Name abell Visible true Events In addition to attributes every object has a list of events that we can attach embedded code
280. t the following Sincerely Mr Robert Jones Office Administrator End lt End gt tells the program to continue to the next family 5 6 e Expanding Letters and Statements Advanced Report Writer Advanced Report Writer Parish Data System Inc 14425 N 19th Avenue Phoenix AZ March 27 2003 Senor Senora Tomas Ramirez P O Box 234 Glendale AZ 85219 8848 Estimado Senor Senora Ramirez Esta es una cara de muestra escrita en espa ol Muchas vecez usted quiz s mande una carta a cada miembro registrado o a miembros escogidos Si el idioma hablado por muchos na esei ingl s usted tendr a que escoger un grupo para la carta en ingles y otro grupo para otra carta Es un poco inc modo y toma mucho tiempo Este programa tiene una caracter stica de multi idioma que hace el proceso de mandar cartas y declaraciones a miembros que no entiende lo que se escribe en el ingl s Sinceramente oen porto Sr Robert Jones Administrador De oficinas Fig 5 5 Parish Data System Inc 14425 N 19th Avenue Phoenix AZ March 17 2003 Mr William Abbott 3922 Van Buren St Glendale AZ 85133 Dear Mr Abbott This is a sample letter written in English Many times you might send a letter to every registered member orto selected members If the language spoken by many is not English you would have to select one group for the English letter and another group for another letter It is a bit cumbersome and time consuming T
281. tMonth27 Totals Budget for Month 28 otals Totals Budget for Month 28 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth28 Totals Budget for Month 29 otals Totals Budget for Month 29 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth29 o Totals Budget for Month 3 tals Totals Budget for Month 3 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth3 Totals Budget for Month 30 otals Totals Budget for Month 30 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth30 Totals Budget for Month 31 otals Totals Budget for Month 31 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth31 Totals Budget for Month 32 o tals Totals Budget for Month 32 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth32 Totals Budget for Month 33 otals Totals Budget for Month 33 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth33 Totals Budget for Month 34 otals Totals Budget for Month 34 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth34 o Totals Budget for Month 35 tals Totals Budget for Month 35 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth35 Totals Budget for Month 36 otals Totals Budget for Month 36 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth36 Totals Budget for Month 4 otals Totals Budget for Month 4 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth4 Totals Budget for Month 5 otals Totals Budget for Month 5 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonths5 Totals Budget for Month 6 o tals Totals Budget for Month 6 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth6 Totals Budget for Month 7 otals Totals Budget for Month 7 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth7 Totals Budget for Month 8 otals T
282. ta FamFundHistTbl FEType Fund Hist Amount FundHist Fund Hist Amount PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEAmt Fund Hist Batch Number FundHist Fund Hist Batch Number PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEBatch Fund Hist Check Number FundHist Fund Hist Check Number PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEChk Fund Hist Comment FundHist Fund Hist Comment PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEComment Fund Hist Date FundHist Fund Hist Date PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl FEDate Fund Hist Member FundHist Fund Hist Member PDSDMData FamFundHistTbl Member Fund Rate Activity FundRate Fund Rate Activity PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl Activity Fund Rate Associate with Member FundRate Fund Rate Associate with Member PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDUseMem Fund Rate End Date FundRate Fund Rate End Date PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDEndDate Fund Rate Last Rate FundRate Fund Rate Last Rate PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl LastRate Fund Rate Last Total FundRate Fund Rate Last Total PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl LastTotal Fund Rate Member Name FundRate Fund Rate Member Name PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl MemberName Fund Rate Rate FundRate Fund Rate Rate PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDRate Fund Rate Start Date FundRate Fund Rate Start Date PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDStartDate Fund Rate Terms FundRate Fund Rate Terms PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl Terms Fund Rate Terms Period FundRate Fund Rate Terms Period PDSDMData FamFundRateTbl FDPeriod Fund Rate Total FundRate Fund
283. tal Gifts PDSD FundTo GrandTotalGifts Fund Totals Grand Total Non Cash Fund Fund Grand Total Non Cash PDSD FundTo GrandTotalNonCash Fund Totals Grand Total Non Ded Fund Fund Grand Total Non Ded PDSDMCalc FundTo GrandTotalNonDed Fund Totals Grand Total Paid FundTotals Fund Grand Total Paid PDSDMCalc FundTo GrandTotalPaid Fund Totals Grand Total Pledged FundTotals Fund Grand Total Pledged PDSDMCalc FundTo GrandTotalPledged Fund Totals Grand Total Refund FundTotals Fund Grand Total Refund PDSDMCalc FundTo GrandTotalRefund Fund Totals Grand Total Total Paid FundTotals Fund Grand Total Total Paid PDSDMCalc FundTo GrandTotalTotalPaid Fund Totals Has Quid Pro Quo FundTotals Fund t Has Quid Pro Quo PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl HasQuidProQuo Fund Totals Lastest Payment Date FundTotals Fund Totals Lastest Payment Date PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl LastestPaymentDate Fund Totals Payment Percentage FundTotals Fund Totals Payment Percentage PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl PaymentPercentage Fund Totals Progress Index FundTotals Fund Totals Progress Index PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl ProgressIndex Fund Totals Progress Pct Amt FundTotals Fund Totals Progress Pct Amt PDSDMCalc FundTotalsTbl ProgressPctAmt Fund Totals Progress Pct Time FundTotals Fund Progress Pct Time PDSDMCalc FundTo ProgressPctTime Fund Totals Recap Balance Fund Fund Recap Balance PDSD ndTo RecapBalance Fund Totals Recap Credit Fund Fund Re
284. te5 Sac Penance Month of Penance Sac Sac Penance Month of Penance PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5MonthofDate5 Sac Penance Notes Sac Sac Penance Notes PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Notes Sac Penance Performed By Sac Sac Penance Performed By PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5PerformedBy Sac Penance Performed Sac Sac Penance Performed PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Perf Sac Penance Place Sac Sac Penance Place PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5PlaceBlock Sac Penance Sponsor List Sac Sac Penance Sponsor List PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5SponsorList Sac Penance Status Sac Sac Penance Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5Status Sac Penance Year of Penance Sac Sac Penance Year of Penance PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date5YearofDate5 Sac Extra Confidential Notes SacExtra Sac Extra Confidential Notes PDSDMData MemSacTbl ConfNotes Sac Extra Extra Information SacExtra Sac Extra Extra Information PDSDMData MemSacTbl ExtraInfo Sac Extra General Notes SacExtra Sac Extra General Notes PDSDMData MemSacTbl GenNotes Sac Extra Performed By SacExtra Sac Extra Performed By PDSDMData MemSacTbl PerformedBy Sac General Birth Place SacGeneral Sac General Birth Place PDSDMData AskTbl BirthPlace Sac General Date Changed SacGeneral Sac General Date Changed PDSDMData AskTbl DateChanged Sac General Date Created SacGeneral Sac General Date Created PDSDMData AskTbl DateCreated Sac General Father s Name SacGeneral
285. ted to be either true or false this is covered in more detail later in the Conditions section This followed by the word Then After the Then is a statement or a group of statements in a BEGIN END block We will refer to this as the THEN statements These statements are run if the condition is true A few examples would be if i gt 100 then i 100 In this example if the value in the variable i is greater than 100 the same variable i is set to be 100 Also note that the IF statement is not followed by a semicolon if Mem Mem age gt 21 then begin Labell Caption Can Supervise abell Visible true end In this example ifthe member s age is greater than or equal to 21 then we make the object Labell visible by making its Visible attribute equal to true and we set its Caption attribute to Can Supervise Embedded Code e 4 7 4 8 e Embedded Code You can also put the word ELSE after the THEN statement to put in a statement or a group of statements in a BEGIN END block These statements will be run when the IF condition is not true If there is an ELSE statement then there is no semicolon after the THEN statement Some examples are T I Mem Mem age if I gt 21 and I lt 30 then begin Labell Caption Can Supervise abell Visible true end else begin La
286. tel SchKey SchEnrDate Boosterl REKey SchEnrYear ImmDate2 Name GradeDescRec Booster2 AreaNumber TypeStr ImmDate3 StreetAddress1 Notes Booster3 StreetAddress2 Newltem ImmDate4 StreetCityRec Booster4 StreetZip StreetChanged StreetLot 1 1 MemSchRecNum MemRecNum RoomDescRec TeacherRec MemSchGradesRec Order MemRecNum SubjectDescRec MarkTblDescRec TeacherRec AttnRec MemRecNum Date AttnDescRec Hours Code Newltem ReasonDescRec SchTeaRecNum MemRecNum FamRecNum PositionDescRec RoomDescRec SSNumber DateHired CurrentSalary PriorEmployment ActualExp CreditedService HighestDegree SchVolRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum VolDescRec VolNote MemSchPRRec OrderNum MemRecNum Year GradeDescRec Teacher SubjectDescRec Mark Comment MemSchHealthRec MemRecNum Allergies OtherConditions Height Weight HWDate HearRightDescRec HearLeftDescRec HearingDate HearRRightDescRec HearRLeftDescRec BusRecNum MemRecNum Time PickupDescRec DestDescRec Notes Newltem BusNumber 1 2 Religious Ed Links PrepRecNum ClassDescRec MemRecNum Description ClassDescRec Newltem Complete SessionsAttended ClassDate Newltem Notes MemRecNum FamRecNum Name RelDescRec MemberType EnvelopeKey UserlDescRec User2DescRec User3DescRec User4DescRec VolDescRec User5DescRec Description User6DescRec Newltem REVolRecNum OrderNum MemRecNum VolDescRec VolNote RoomDesc
287. tendance Attendance Type PDSDMData MemAttnTbl Type Attendance Type Attendance Attendance Type PDSDMData MemREAttnTbl Type Background Chk Date BackgroundChk Background Chk Date PDSDMData MemBGTbl BGDate Background Chk Description BackgroundChk Background Chk Description PDSDMData MemBGTbl Description Background Chk Note BackgroundChk Background Chk Note PDSDMData MemBGTbl BGNote Background Chk Result Name BackgroundChk Background Chk Result Name PDSDMData MemBGTbl ResultName Calc Fund Fund Name CalcFund Calc Fund Fund Name PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl FundName Calc Fund Fund Number CalcFund Calc Fund Fund Number PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl FundNumber Calc Fund Goal CalcFund Calc Fund Goal PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl Goal Calc Fund Has Month Totals CalcFund Calc Fund Has Month Totals PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl HasMonthTotals Calc Fund Order CalcFund Calc Fund Order PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl Order Calc Fund Total Pledged CalcFund Calc Fund Total Pledged PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl TotalPledged Calc Fund Unigue Fund ID CalcFund Calc Fund Unigue Fund ID PDSDMCalc CalcFundTbl FundRecNum Calc Fund Act Activity CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Activity PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Activity Calc Fund Act Amount CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Amount PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl Amount Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 1 31 to 60 Days CalcFundAct Calc Fund Act Deling Amt 1 PDSDMCalc CalcFundActTbl DelAmtl Calc
288. tended Power x1 x2 extended Round x integer Sin x extended Sqr x extended Sqrt x extended Tan x extended Tanh x extended Trunc x integer CurrentDate TDate Date Tim e CurrentDateTime TDateTime Operations CurrentTime TDateTime DayOfWeek d integer DecodeDate d iy im id DecodeTime t ih im is ims EncodeDate iy im id TDate EncodeTime ih im is ims TDateTime A Chr i string Conversions CurrToStr c string DateTimeToStr dt string DateToStr d string FloatToStr f string IntToStr i string RGB ir ig ib integer StrToCur s currency StrToDate s Tdate StrToDateTime s TDateTime StrToFloat s extended StrTolnt s integer StrToIntDef s i integer StrToTime s TDateTime TimeToStr t string E FormatCurr s c strin Formatting DU OD i FormatFloat s f string FormatMaskText sl s2 string FormatString s1 s2 string Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 3 Boolean Operations PDS built in Routines PDS Scripting Routines Member Type Values 10 4 e Appendix bl and b2 bl or b2 bl xor b2 exclusive or not b2 MainOverflow MainHeaderVisible boolean MainHeaderSetVisible b MainFooterVisible boolean MainFooterSetVisible b PDSGetCrossTabRowCount integer PDSGetParam 1 string PDSSetParams i s CallFunc s string CallFundP 1 s i1 string CallFuncP2 s i1 i2 string 0 Head 1 Spouse 2 Adult 3 Young Adult 4 Child 5 Other Mem Mem Type Number in embedded code PDSDMData MemTbl MemberN
289. th Jr PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat2 Fam Name Format 3 SMITH JR John amp Fam Fam Name Format 3 Mary PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat3 Fam Name Format 4 Mr amp Mrs Smith Fam Fam Name Format 4 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat4 Fam Name Format 5 first name Fam Fam Name Format 5 PDSDMData Fam F 1 L NameFormat5 Fam Name Format 6 spouse name Fam Fam Name Format 6 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat6 Fam Name Format 7 Smith Jr Fam Fam Name Format 7 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat7 Fam Name Format 8 Mr amp Mrs Fam Fam Name Format 8 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat8 Fam Name Format 9 John amp Mary Fam Fam Name Format 9 PDSDMData FamTbl NameFormat9 Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 11 Church Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Fam Name Fam Name MData FamTbl CurrentName Fam Num All Children Fam Num All Children MData FamTbl NumAllChild Fam Num All Members Fam Num All Members MData FamTbl NumAllMem Fam Number Of Children Fam Number Of Children Data FamTbl NumOfChildren Fam Num Children s Fam Num Children Data FamTbl NumChild Fam Num Members S Fam Num Members Data FamTbl NumMem Fam Orig ID Number
290. th 9 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualMonth9 Totals Actual for Qtr 1 otals Totals Actual for Qtr 1 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualOtr1 Totals Actual for Qtr 2 o tals Totals Actual for Otr 2 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualOtr2 Totals Actual for Qtr 3 otals Totals Actual for Qtr 3 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualOtr3 Totals Actual for Qtr 4 otals Totals Actual for Qtr 4 M CoaTotalsTbl ActualOtr4 Totals Actual for Year otals Totals Actual for Year M CoaTotalsTbl ActualYear Totals Blank otals Totals Blank M CoaTotalsTbl Blank1 Totals Budget for Month otals Totals Budget for Month 1 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth 1 Totals Budget for Month 10 otals Totals Budget for Month 10 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth10 Totals Budget for Month 11 o tals Totals Budget for Month 11 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth11 Totals Budget for Month 12 otals Totals Budget for Month 12 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth12 Totals Budget for Month 13 otals Totals Budget for Month 13 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth13 Totals Budget for Month 14 o tals Totals Budget for Month 14 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth14 Totals Budget for Month 15 otals Totals Budget for Month 15 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth15 Totals Budget for Month 16 otals Totals Budget for Month 16 M CoaTotalsTbl BudgetMonth16 Totals Budget for Month 17 o tals Totals Budget for Month 17
291. ther Req Date Req Date ReqTbl ReqDate Other Req Description eq Description ReqTbl Description Other Req Note eq Note ReqTbl ReqNote Other Req Result Name eq Result Name RegTbl ResultName Perm Rec Absent Rec Absent PRTbl PRAbsent D Perm Rec Comment c Comment D U x Tbl PRComment Perm Rec Grade Grade U 0 xoa 3 j o Grade Perm Rec Pass 0 a U o un o U x j j o PRPass Perm Rec Present 0 a Present U x Tbl PRPresent Perm Rec Session Name D go aa 3 j o Session Name SessionName Perm Rec Teacher 0 0 a j o o a her U 3 j o PRTeacher Perm Rec Year AW We De SU Eg De oe cO Ed a K D w K t PRTbl PRYear Phone Number U amp 3 o 0 H honeTbl Number Phone Phone Type hone Type L PhoneType o 3 S Phone Unlisted listed oneTbl Unlisted Prep Class Name S Name PrepTbl ClassName Prep Complete PIG lete PrepTbl Complete Prep Date o tj PrepTbl ClassDate Prep Notes Fo s PrepTbl Notes Prep Num Sessions Attended UODIUOIU O JUDO ID oju Sessions Attended EPrepTbl SessionsAttended
292. ti Status PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3Status Sac Reconciliati Year of Reconciliati Sac Sac Reconciliati Year of Reconciliati PDSDMData MemSacLookTbl Date3YearofDate3 Sac Extra Confidential Notes SacExtra Sac Extra Confidential Notes PDSDMData MemSacTbl ConfNotes Sac Extra Extra Information SacExtra Sac Extra Extra Information PDSDMData MemSacTbl ExtraInfo Sac Extra General Notes SacExtra Sac Extra General Notes PDSDMData MemSacTbl GenNotes Sac Extra Performed By SacExtra Sac Extra Performed By PDSDMData MemSacTbl PerformedBy Sac General Birth Place SacGeneral Sac General Birth Place PDSDMData AskTbl BirthPlace Sac General Date Changed SacGeneral Sac General Date Changed PDSDMData AskTbl DateChanged Sac General Date Created SacGeneral Sac General Date Created PDSDMData AskTbl DateCreated Sac General Father s Name SacGeneral Sac General Father s Name PDSDMData AskTbl FatherName Sac General Mother s Maiden Name SacGeneral Sac General Mother s Maiden Name PDSDMData AskTbl MothersMaiden Sac General Mother s Name SacGeneral Sac General Mother s Name PDSDMData AskTbl MotherName Sac List Addl Name SacList Sac List Addl Name PDSDMData MemDatesTbl AddlName Sac List Addl Status SacList Sac List Addl Status PDSDMData MemDatesTbl AddlStatus Sac List Address SacList Sac List Address PDSDMData MemDatesTbl DateAddress 10 4
293. tment buttons To use these buttons select the object s then click on the appropriate button Nudge These four buttons are used to move object s exactly one pixel up down left or right t Nudge Up ij Nudge Down E Nudge Left iD Nudge Right Nudging can also be accomplished by selecting an object holding down the CTRL key and using the up down left and right arrow keys on your keyboard Grow Shrink These four buttons are used to grow or shrink several objects to the same size B Shrink Width to Smallest reduce the width of each selected object to match the z narrowest one Grow Width to Largest increase the width of each selected object to match the widest one 20 oft Shrink Height to Smallest lower the height of each selected object to match the shortest one ng Grow Height to Largest raise the height of each selected object to match the tallest one Report Basics e 2 9 Report Tree 2 10 e Report Basics Alignment Spacing These ten buttons are for aligning or spacing several objects at once Objects will align with the first object selected it a i c e amp aw i H m Align Left This button aligns the selected objects along their left edge Align Right This button aligns objects along their right edge Align Top This button aligns objects along their top edge Align Bottom This button aligns objects along their bottom edge
294. ts A sub report is added just like any other object Click on the SubReport 8B button which looks like a yellow legal notepad then click in the workspace When a sub report is added it is automatically stretched to match the workspace width has no data pipeline associated with it and creates a sub report tab at the bottom of the ARW screen The initial name of the sub report object is PDSSubReport1 No Data Pipeline Assigned o 1 li 0 TEMERE PP Header o F FoSsuefiepar No Data Pipeline Assigned Detail 20 Footer Main Fam PDSSubReport1 No Data Pipeline Assigned Fig 3 1 To change the width of a sub report right click on the object and click on ParentWidth This unlocks it from matching the section width so that it can be resized Sub reports can also be nested inside of other sub reports Sub reports Groups and Regions e 3 1 Data Pipeline Modifying a Sub report The Data Pipeline is the data category path that determines which data fields the sub report can use For example to access the Ministry fields in a family report you would need a Ministry sub report inside of a Member sub report inside of a Family report To set the Data Pipeline for a sub report select it from the Data Pipeline Name drop down list in the Toolbar Design Preview A B amp O un LE Eji amp WR of dh ons dul ee FREE re A Once the pi
295. ture PDSDMData MemTbl PictureFile Mem Raw Title Mem Mem Raw Title PDSDMData MemTbl RawTitle Mem Relationship Mem Mem Relationship PDSDMData MemTbl Relationship Mem Religion Mem Mem Religion PDSDMData MemTbl UserKWl Mem School Mem Mem School PDSDMData MemTbl UserKW4 Mem Suffix Mem Mem Suffix PDSDMData MemTbl Suffix Mem Title Mem Mem Title PDSDMData MemTbl Title Mem Type Number Mem Mem Type Number PDSDMData MemTbl MemberType Mem Type Mem Mem Type PDSDMData MemTbl Type Mem Unigue ID Mem Mem Unigue ID PDSDMData MemTbl MemRecNum Mem Volunteer List Mem Mem Volunteer List PDSDMData MemTbl VolunteerList Mem X Phone List Mem Mem X Phone List PDSDMData MemTbl XPhoneList Mem Year of Birth Mem Mem Year of Birth PDSDMData MemTbl YearOfBirth Mem Youngest Child Mem Mem Youngest Child PDSDMData MemTbl YoungestChild Ministries End Date Ministries Ministries End Date PDSDMData MemMinTbl EndDate Ministries Ministry Ministries Ministries Ministry PDSDMData MemMinTbl MinName Ministries Start Date Ministries Ministries Start Date PDSDMData MemMinTbl StartDate Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 39 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Letters and Labels Field Names in Embedded Code Field Names in Scripts Ministries Status Ministries Status MemMinTbl MinStatusName O
296. um in script Fund Period Values Weekly Weekly on Sunday Weekly on Monday Weekly on Tuesday Weekly on Wednesday Weekly on Thursday Weekly on Friday Weekly on Saturday Monthly BiMonthly every 2 months 10 SemiMonthly twice a month 11 Ouarterly 12 Semiannually twice a year 13 Annually 14 Special OANINNBWNrF CalcRate Calc Rate Terms Period in embedded code PDSDMData CalcRateTbl FDPeriod in script Advanced Report Writer 2 System Rate Change Fund History 1 Rate Change Activity Types Payment Deductable PayDown Deductable Additional Gift Deductable Non Cash Deductable Quid pro quo Deductable Payment Non Deductable PayDown Non Deductable Credit Non Deductable Payment from last year Non Deductable 9 Recurring Charge 10 Charge 11 Refund Deductable 12 Refund Non Deductable 13 Hours Pledged 14 Hours Completed 15 Hours Remaining 16 Balance 17 Group Total 18 Ignore NS tn PwmNDHm SO Field Listings The following pages contain listings of data fields found in the programs The first column is the field names as they appear in listings letters labels and selections The second column contains the field names as used in embedded code and in report scripting An asterisk at the end of the field name indicates that the field cannot be used in selections Relational Following t
297. und Bill Prefers E Mail PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl EMailOverMail Fund Bill Relationship FundBill Fund Bill Relationship PDSDMData FamFundBi Relationship Fund Bill Start Day FundBill Fund Bi Day PDSDMData FamFund StartDay Fund Bill Start Month FundBill Fund Bill Start Month PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl StartMonth Fund Bill Statements FundBill Fund Bill Statements PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl BillingTypeName Fund Bill Zip FundBill Fund Bill Zip PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl Zip Fund Bill Zip Prefix FundBill Fund Bill Zip Prefix PDSDMData FamFundBillTbl ZipPrefix Advanced Report Writer Appendix e 10 35 Formation Office Field Names Field Names in Selections Listings Field Names in Embedded Code Letters and Labels Field Names in Scripts Fund EFT Activity FundEFT Fund EFT Activity PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl Activity Fund EFT CC Type Name FundEFT Fund EF CC Type Name PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl CCTypeName Fund EFT EFT Type FundEFT Fund EFT EFT Type PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl EFTType Fund EFT EFT Type Name FundEFT Fund EFT EFT Type Name PDSDMData FamFundEFTTbl EFTTypeName Fund Hist Activity FundHist Fund Hist Activity PDSDMDa
298. und them When you let go of the mouse all of the items in the box are selected The selected objects will now have small gray boxes in the corners To de select an object or objects click anywhere in the empty portion of the workspace Advanced Report Writer Report Basics e 2 7 Right Click on Objects 2 8 Report Basics Embedded objects Some objects are embedded within others If this is the case when you try to select the embedded object you are actually selecting the entire thing In order to select an object embedded within another hold down the CTRL key before using the mouse If you accidentally select the outside object hold down the SHIFT key and click on that object to deselect it You can right click on any object to change options or properties of the object An ellipsis in the property name indicates additional controls Bring to Front Send to Back All objects Move this object in front of or in back of other objects Double Single Lines only Change the line to a single or double line Autosize Automatically re sizes this object horizontally to match its contents See also Stretch BlankWhenZero If the object s value is zero print a blank instead of the digit 0 Calculations For DB fields choose the type of calculation Sum Count Max Min Average For Variables modify the value or formula CalcOrder Indicate what order groups are to be calculated CharWrap Break words in t
299. vt End Time ss ct vt End Time EndTime Evt Fac Name SS ct vt Fac Name FacName Evt Inactive lt d vt Inactive ct mjit Hit Edict ti ct ti ct ala ala Ble ti ct ala Bet Hie Ble Ble Ble Ble ala Ble Ble tl D D D D D D D D DM Evt Inactive Evt Name Evt Evt Name DM Evt Name Evt Org Name Evt vt Org Name DM Evt OrgName Evt Parish Evt Evt Parish DM Evt Categoryl Evt Remarks Evt Evt Remarks DM Evt Remarks Evt Setup Evt Evt Setup DM Evt Setup Evt Start Time Evt Evt Start Time DM Evt StartTime Evt Total Balance Evt Evt Total Balance DM Evt TotalBalance Evt Total Credit Evt Evt Total Credit DM Evt TotalCredit Evt Total Due Evt Evt Total Due DM Evt TotalDue Evt Total Paid Evt Evt Total Paid DM Evt TotalPaid Evt Wedding Evt Evt Wedding DM Evt Category2 Evt Chg Pmt Amount EvtChgPmt Evt Chg Pmt Amount DM EvtChgPmt Amount Evt Chg Pmt Check Number EvtChgPmt Evt Chg Pmt Check Number DM EvtChgPmt CheckNumber Evt Chg Pmt Date EvtChgPmt Evt Chg Pmt Date DM EvtChgPmt Date Evt Chg Pmt Description EvtChgPmt Evt Chg Pmt Description DM EvtChgPmt Description Fac Abbr Fac Fac Abbr DM Fac Abbr Fac Address Fac Fac Address DM
300. y I I div J Except ShowMessage Cannot do IntToStr i IntToStr j End End There can be any number of statements inside the Finally clause We might even nest these two types of statements If an error is encountered and there is no Except you will get an unexpected error dialog Try Finally and Try Except statements are rarely required but they make the report better able to tolerate problems without giving the user an Unexpected Error messages Exit Break The Exit Break Continue and Goto Statements allow you to control the flow of the Continue and program when some situation arises Using the Exit statement causes the program to get Goto out of the procedure or event that it is in and return to whatever called it and start running from there The Break and the Continue statements are used inside of loops The Break statements statement causes the program to jump out of the loop The Continue statement will cause the program to go to the bottom of the loop The Goto statement allows us to put a label in and go to that label Here is an example that uses all 4 statements This example is very contrived and really does not do anything Procedure Test Label TryBackwards define a label for the Goto Var I J integer Begin If PDSDMData FamTbl RecordCount 0 Then Exit get out of this routine completely J 0 For I 1 to 5 do begin PDSDMData FamTbl First If PDSDMData MemTbl RecordCountz0 Then C
301. y in the program The Member Involvement reports are useful for seeing how to make layout screens Simple We have already seen one way to inform the user of things using the ShowMessage p g Messages and statement The simplest way to get information from the user is to bring up a guestion in a Questions dialog box with buttons that say Yes No Cancel Ok etc We can do that using the built in function PDSMessageDlg This will display a message to the user in a dialog with buttons at the bottom It will return which button the user presses The call to this function has the form PDSMessageDlg S MessageType ButtonSet HelpContext S is the message that we want to display MessageType is what general type of message this is The type of message controls the caption of the dialog box and what icon is displayed The choices are mtWarning A message box containing a yellow exclamation point mtError A message box containing a red stop sign mtInformation A message box containing a blue i mtConfirmation A message box containing a green question mark mtCustom A message box containing no bitmap The caption of the message box is the name of the application s executable file The ButtonSet is a list of buttons inside of an MkSet function call The choices for buttons are Advanced Report Writer mbYes A button with Yes on its face mbNo A button the text No on its face mbOK A button the
302. y report from scratch At the end of that chapter we had added the basic labels and data fields and had included a sub report and a group In this installment we will add some embedded code Open the Family Directory Tutorial report From the Main Menu Design Preview A P3 Ga ge En E Click on Reports na ELLE ac u Family Reports e e alm odio E me zl Family Easy Reports MB BRE MAN CYD MU RE Family Directory Tutorial mm O i Next Next Group Heade Fam Urique D Modify the Report a L Fan Loon Jeff Jeane M M Currently the report looks like O Box 322 02 278 9932 Home figure 4 8 FOSSubRepont Mem il Group Footer 0 Fam Unique ID Footer EEE 9 Fig 4 8 We want to add a label to the Detail band above the Family Name that consists of the first letter of the family s last name We only want the letter to appear at the top of the page or when the letter changes In order to do this we need to create and initialize some global variables add some embedded code to the Family Name s Get Text event and add some embedded code to the new label s Do Before Print event To create the global variables necessary click on Embedded Code Define Global Variables The program opens the code editor and provides the word var short for variable Type in these variable names and types FirstChar string CurRec integer 29 Define Globa

Advanced Report Writer - Help Centers

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents